English DMXC-Wiki - User contributions [en]

Troubleshooting (General Information) DMXC3

2025-11-11T14:36:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 Main-Software
| Version = 3.3.1}}

Some issues that occur when using DMXControl 3 can be systematically resolved by the user at the end—especially when the software doesn't behave as expected, as it did previously. This article outlines the most frequently reported problems and describes how to troubleshoot them.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | If errors occur in the software or a function is missing, it would be appreciated if these could be reported as a new ticket in our '''{{DMXCWebLinks|FS|Project|3|Bugtracker}}'''.}}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | Some of the issues mentioned below are known and will be addressed in a future version.
''An overview of these points can be found under {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Known Bugs (General Information) DMXC3|Known Bugs]]}}''.}}

= Installation and (first) start =
== Umbra and / or kernel do not start ==
''' Problem '''
If you start the kernel and / or Umbra via the launcher or via the direct shortcuts in the start menu, the console window disappears again after a short moment. The corresponding application is then no longer listed in the Task Manager, and the launcher does not report “Active” or “Active (hidden)” under the respective program section.

''' Solution '''
All four packages must be installed on the PC. Usually, the installer takes care of this. In some situations, however, the automatic installation may not be possible, or the installer may not recognize the installed packages correctly. A typical case is when there was no active Internet connection available during installation. If Kernel and / or Umbra do not start, you must manually install the four packages listed below.

* .NET 6 Desktop Runtime (32bit): '''https://aka.ms/dotnet/6.0/windowsdesktop-runtime-win-x86.exe'''
* .NET 6 Desktop Runtime (64bit): '''https://aka.ms/dotnet/6.0/windowsdesktop-runtime-win-x64.exe'''
* ASP.NET Core 6 (32bit): '''https://aka.ms/dotnet/6.0/aspnetcore-runtime-win-x86.exe'''
* ASP.NET Core 6 (64bit): '''https://aka.ms/dotnet/6.0/aspnetcore-runtime-win-x64.exe'''

After installation, it is recommended to restart the PC. The installer for DMXControl 3 does not need to be run again after installing the packages. The program data required for DMXControl 3 is then already available.

= Working "within" DMXControl 3 =
== Devices stay dark ==
'''Problem'''
In the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Stage View DMXC3|Stage View]]}}, multiple {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device DMXC3|Devices]]}} or even {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Group DMXC3|Device Groups]]}} are selected, and their functions are shown in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}} or the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}}. Regardless of how the devices are controlled in the project, whether through device control or various control windows, they remain dark in three places. This means there is no response:
* in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Stage View}}.
* in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Channel Overview DMXC3|Channel Overview]]}}, where the DMX channels for dimmers and/or the color of the respective devices remain at 0.
* in reality, even though the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[DMX-Interfaces DMXC3|DMX Interfaces]]}} are activated and otherwise working properly.
The only time the devices respond is when manually controlled via the {{Manual Windowcaption|Channel Overview}}.

'''Cause'''
In DMXControl 3, there are several factors that can cause a device to remain "dark," and multiple of the mentioned issues may occur simultaneously:
* The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Blackout DMXC3|Blackout]]}} function
* The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Freeze DMXC3|Freeze]]}} function, once activated, prevents the device from turning on again.
* The devices have both a dimmer and a shutter, and the shutter has not yet been opened.
* The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Group Master (Master) DMXC3|Group Master]]}}.
* The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Grand Master (Master) DMXC3|Grand Master]]}}.
* Active {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelists]]}} with a higher priority than the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Programmer DMXC3|Programmer]]}}.
* The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Programmer DMXC3|Blind]]}} function in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Programmer}}, which ensures that the values set in the programmer are not output to the {{Manual Windowcaption|DMX Interfaces}} or the {{Manual Windowcaption|Stage View}}.
* Various modules, including the {{Manual Windowcaption|DMX Interfaces}}, are disabled via the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Main Switch DMXC3|Main Switch]]}}.

'''Solution'''
This issue typically occurs when programming a new lighting scene and less often when the show is running. To reset everything to 0, follow these steps:
# Stop all {{Manual Windowcaption|Cuelists}} using the {{Manual Buttons|Stop all cuelists}} button.
# Reactivate the {{Manual Windowcaption|DMX Interfaces}} using the {{Manual Windowcaption|Main Switch}}.
# Clear the {{Manual Windowcaption|Programmer}} using the {{Manual Buttons|Clear}} button.
# Open the {{Manual Windowcaption|Programmer}} and disable the {{Manual Buttons|Blind}} option. The default setting is {{Manual Buttons|All}}.
# Check if the {{Manual Windowcaption|Blackout}} is disabled.
# In the window showing all {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Master DMXC3|Master]]}}, set both the {{Manual Windowcaption|Grand Master}} and the {{Manual Windowcaption|Group Master}} for the affected devices back to 100%. Be sure to observe the dependencies between group masters, as described in the relevant article.
# When trying a new lighting scene, both raise the dimmer and open the shutter if the devices have both functions. This can be done manually or by pressing the {{Manual Buttons|Lumos}} button in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}} for intensity.
If these four steps do not resolve the issue, a restart (if possible) might help as it also resets everything to 0. After loading the project, check if the {{Manual Windowcaption|Group Master}} slider is set to a very low brightness value.

== Cuelist won't start ==
'''Problem'''
A properly programmed {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelist]]}} doesn't start, despite multiple presses of the {{Manual Buttons|Go}} button or pressing a linked button in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Softdesk DMXC3|Softdesk]]}}.

'''Cause'''
For each {{Manual Windowcaption|Cuelist}}, the fade factor (Fade factor / Timing) can be individually set. Due to various external influences—whether intentional or unintentional—the value of the associated slider has been set to 0.

'''Solution'''
Open the affected {{Manual Windowcaption|Cuelist(s)}} from the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Project Explorer DMXC3|Project Explorer]]}} and set the fade factor (Fade factor / Timing) slider back to a value greater than 0. If the {{Manual Windowcaption|Cuelists}} are triggered via a {{Manual Windowcaption|Softdesk}}, a MIDI controller, or similar devices, you can also add a slider in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Input Assignment DMXC3|Input Assignment]]}} to centrally control the fade factor.

== Last Softdesk changes disappear ==
'''Problem'''
The custom design of a {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Softdesk DMXC3|Softdesk]]}} is not saved, or the last changes disappear when the project is reloaded.

'''Cause'''
The command to save the last changes to the {{Manual Windowcaption|Softdesk}} is only transmitted when the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Softdesk Designer DMXC3|Softdesk Designer]]}} is closed.

'''Solution'''
To ensure all changes to the {{Manual Windowcaption|Softdesk}} are properly saved, always close the {{Manual Windowcaption|Softdesk Designer}} before saving the project. For "pure" live operation with the {{Manual Windowcaption|Softdesk}}, it is recommended to open the Softdesk only in display mode. This also ensures that menu elements for selecting and adjusting the controls are completely hidden, preventing accidental changes.

== Various windows not displayed ==
'''Problem'''
You receive a project from another user or switch PCs while working on the project. On the new PC, not all windows can be opened because the monitor size and resolution appear to differ.

'''Cause'''
In each project, it is precisely recorded where each window was last displayed on the screen. This is based on the available screen resolution. When loading a project and confirming that the stored window layout should be used, the last local settings are overwritten.
{{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Panel Concept Loadig window layout.png|1|Layout prompt when opening a project|center}}

'''Solution'''
To bring lost windows back into the main screen display area, go to the following menu entry: {{Manual MenuText|Settings|Layout|Move floating windows to primary screen}} (see also Figure 2). This function moves all windows back into the main screen display area. Alternatively, you can load a custom window layout you've created. This can be done through the main menu {{Manual_MenuText|Settings|Layout|Load...}}. In the following example, two saved window layouts named Club-Setup and Programming-Setup are stored in the loaded project.
{{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Panel-Konzept Window layouts.png|2|Reset window layout and load custom window layouts|center}}

If this function doesn't yield the desired result, you can reset the current window layout through the entry {{Manual MenuText|Settings|Layout|Reset window layout}}. The default arrangement will be loaded as seen after the first start of DMXControl 3. This is also covered in the article {{Manual Windowcaption|[[GUI DMXC3|User Interface]]}}.

= DMX Output =
== Art-Net output not working ==
'''Problem'''
The Art-Net output cannot be activated. The corresponding rows in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[DMX-Interfaces DMXC3|DMX Interfaces]]}} table remain grayed out even though the checkboxes for "Interface enabled" and "DMX-Out enabled" are checked.

'''Cause'''
The PC might be missing an updated version of the '''Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2015, 2017, and 2019'''.

'''Solution'''
Manually install the 32-bit version (x86 version) of the Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2015, 2017, and 2019. After installation, DMXControl 3 needs to be restarted.

Download link: '''https://support.microsoft.com/de-de/help/2977003/the-latest-supported-visual-c-downloads'''

[[Category: Manual DMXControl 3]]

[[de: Troubleshooting (General Information) DMXC3]]

Log Files DMXC3

2025-07-13T12:09:02Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 Main-Software
| Version = 3.3.1}}

In DMXControl 3, numerous actions from all program components, such as the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Kernel DMXC3|Kernel]]}}, {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Umbra DMXC3|Umbra]]}}, and the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[GUI DMXC3|GUI]]}}, are recorded in log files. These include, among others:
* Startup procedure of the kernel and the graphical user interface
* Establishing and disconnecting connections between the various program components
* Loading a project
* Creating and activating the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[DMX-Interfaces DMXC3|DMX output]]}} via different interfaces
* Adding new {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device DMXC3|Devices]]}}
* Actions in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Stage View DMXC3|Stage View]]}}
* Starting and stopping {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelists]]}} via {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Cuelist Group DMXC3|Cuelist Groups]]}}
* Triggering actions via {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Input Assignment DMXC3|input assignment]]}}
* Saving or exporting the project
* Exiting the graphical user interface, Umbra, and kernel

During the installation of DMXControl 3, the installer also logs the installation process. This primarily includes whether the required additional modules are present or need to be installed, as well as a list of all the files that the installer copies into the desired directory.

The entire logging function serves the development team in case of errors, to trace the actions that were performed earlier, should the error not be explicitly noted in the log files. Therefore, in DMXControl 3, under {{Manual MenuText|Help|Export Logfiles}}, there is a function to export all log files, which can then be attached, for example, to a bug report in the bug tracker.

{{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Log Files Menu-entry.png|1|Export function for the log files|center}}

This function automatically creates a zip archive that compiles all the log files. The file name includes the date and time when the export was performed.
{{Manual Box | en | Important | DMXControl 3 only stores the log files for a limited time. The last '''10''' sessions per program part are always saved. This means the log files can be exported later in the case of an error, and not necessarily, for example, during an ongoing event.}}

The log files can also be viewed by the user at any time with any text editor, such as the Editor or Notepad++. By default, the log files are stored in the following directories:
* '''Kernel''': {{Manual Filepath|C:\Users\[USERNAME]\AppData\Roaming\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\Kernel\Log\}}
* '''Umbra''': {{Manual Filepath|C:\Users\[USERNAME]\AppData\Roaming\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\Umbra\Log\}}
* '''GUI''': {{Manual Filepath|C:\Users\[USERNAME]\AppData\Roaming\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\GUI\Log\}}
* '''Installer''': Installation directory of DMXControl 3, by default under {{Manual Filepath|C:\Program Files (x86)\DMXControl 3\}}
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If a custom {{Manual Windowcaption|[[System Configuration DMXC3|system configuration]]}} has been set up for DMXControl 3, creating an environment variable to move the working and configuration directory to a different location, the directories where the log files are stored will change accordingly.}}

<noinclude>
[[Category: Manual DMXControl 3]]
</noinclude>

[[de: Log_Files_DMXC3]]

Effects and Filters DMXC3

2025-03-02T20:24:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 Main-Software
| Version = 3.3.0}}

{{Manual Windowcaption|Effects and Filters}} are intended to create dynamic lighting moods. This includes movements for moving heads and scanners, but also color gradients, running lights, and other lighting effects.

{{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Effects and Filters Effects 2D.png|1|1D and 2D effects in the Effects tab.}}

= Overview =
Effects can be applied to individual {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device DMXC3|devices]]}} or preferably to {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Group DMXC3|device groups]]}}. The {{Manual Windowcaption|Effects and Filters}} window can be accessed via {{Manual MenuText|Windows|Effects and Filters}}.

The effects are divided into three groups:
# Effects and filters for devices and groups (see Figure 1)
# Filters for matrix devices (Figure 2)
# Filters for Radix devices (Figure 3)
However, the {{Manual Windowcaption|Effects and Filters}} window shows four tabs (see Figure 5). The fourth tab for saved effects collects the effects that the user has stored.

{|width="100%"
| {{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Effects and Filters Effects matrix.png|2|Effects for matrices in the Matrix tab.|480px}}
| {{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Effects and Filters Effects radix.png|3|Effects for radial matrices in the Radix tab.|480px}}
| {{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Effects and Filters Effects saved.png|4|Saved effects.|480px}}
|}

The effects for devices and device groups are further categorized. These categories include:
* 1D effects, which can only be applied to a function such as dimmer, color, or tilt.
* 2D effects, which can only be used for position.
* Filters, which allow you to influence various functions like dimmer or color, etc.
* List Chaser, such as the {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo Chaser}}, which targets the corresponding function. In the case of the {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo Chaser}}, it can be used for effects on the {{Manual Fields|Gobo}} property. Additionally, these chasers always have an equivalent {{Manual Objectcaption|[[Item List DMXC3|Item List]]}} as their basis, such as the Gobo List for the Gobo Chaser.

''A list of currently available effects is provided in the Functions section.''

Once an effect is applied to a function, the respective parameters of the effect are directly set in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Key Features =
How an effect is applied to the desired {{Manual Windowcaption|devices}} depends on:
* Individual devices: The order in which the devices were selected in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Stage View DMXC3|Stage View]]}}.
* Device groups: The sorting of devices within the {{Manual Windowcaption|device group}} in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Project Explorer DMXC3|Project Explorer]]}}.
If an effect is applied to a device group, DMXControl 3 recalculates it as soon as the number of devices in the group changes.

= Controls =
== In the Effects and Filters Window ==
The buttons on the menu bar of the {{Manual Windowcaption|Effects and Filters}} window work depending on the selected tab.
{{Picture_with_subtitle|DMXC3 Manual Effects and Filters Menubar.png|2|Menu bar of the Effects and Filters window.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader Menubars | en }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Menubars | en | L0 | DMXC3 Icon V-Collection preferences.png | Edit | Modify an existing effect.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Menubars | en | L0 | DMXC3 Icon V-Collection edit.png | Rename | Change the name of the effect.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Menubars | en | L0 | DMXC3 Icon V-Collection delete.png | Delete | Delete the selected effect.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Menubars | en | L0 | DMXC3 Icon V-Collection element into.png | Apply | Apply the effect to a specific property of the selected device or device group.}}
|}

== In Device Control ==
The controls in {{Manual Windowcaption|Device Control}} for an effect are limited to an additional block below the function, where the effect was applied. The parameter input is done in the same way as entering values for a function itself.

= Usage =
== Prerequisites for Using Effects ==
Effects are most effective when applied to more than one device. This is especially true for the phase. From this point on, {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Fanning DMXC3|Fanning]]}} comes into play, as it can be used for nearly all parameters.

== Applying Effects to Devices and Device Groups ==
All effects can be applied in several ways to a device, a selection of devices, or a device group:
* '''{{DnD}}''': Drag the effect directly onto a property in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device Control}} or onto the desired device or device group in the Stage View. A context menu will appear on the target device/device group, asking which property the effect should be applied to. If you use the Device Control, this prompt is skipped, but it is required to have the desired devices or device groups selected in the Stage View beforehand.
* '''Apply''': Via the {{Manual MenuText|Apply}} menu, effects can also be inserted into a selection of devices and device groups in the Stage View without using {{DnD}}. As with assigning an effect via {{DnD}} in the Stage View, the pop-up menu lists which functions can be controlled with this effect.
* '''Double-click''': A double-click on the desired effect directly opens the context menu on the icon, prompting you to choose which function you want to apply the effect to.

== Parameterizing Effects ==
Each effect has its own set of parameters, which allow it to be customized to suit individual needs. The following table provides an overview of the most commonly used parameters.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|- class="hintergrundfarbe10"
! style="width: 125px;" | Parameter !! style="width: 125px;" | Allowed Values !! Description
|-
| {{Manual Fields|Amplitude}} || numeric value || Specifies the working range of the effect, indicating how large the effect will be.
|-
| {{Manual Fields|+/- Amplitude}} || {{Manual Fields|False}} {{Manual Fields|True}} || '''{{Manual Fields|False}}''': The amplitude value is added or subtracted from the static value '''{{Manual Fields|True}}''': The static value is the midpoint of the effect, around which the effect moves "up" and "down" with the amplitude.
|-
| {{Manual Fields|Frequency}} || numeric value || Specifies the playback speed of the effect in Hertz.
|-
| {{Manual Fields|Duration}} || numeric value || Specifies the playback duration of the effect in milliseconds.
|-
| {{Manual Fields|Phase}} || numeric value || Defines a time shift in the playback of the effect.
|}

Multiple effects can be applied simultaneously to a device property. This works through an additive method, meaning that in addition to the static value, the effect values are added or subtracted when the parameter {{Manual Fields|+/- Amplitude}} is set to <code>true</code>. This applies to both 1D and 2D effects. For example, the starting value of a circle effect for Moving Heads or the minimum value for a sine effect on the dimmer can be set. Both positive and negative values can be entered for amplitudes.

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | Some parameters of an effect depend on the function to which the effect is applied. Examples include parameters such as Peak in the Chaser effect.}}

== Live Manipulation of Effects ==
Instead of fixed, unchangeable values, effects can be manipulated live at runtime in two ways:
* A general way to manipulate effects is provided by the Speed Factor control in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelist]]}}. This will accelerate or slow down the effect, even to a standstill. However, note that this control affects all effects stored in all scenes (Cues) of the associated cuelist.
* For targeted manipulation of specific parameters, the available {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Master DMXC3|Masters]]}} in DMXControl 3 can be used. Depending on the parameter to which the master is applied, there are different options:
** The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Speed Master (Master) DMXC3|Speed Master]]}} is used for the parameters {{Manual Fields|Frequency}} and {{Manual Fields|Time}}.
** If the parameter to be manipulated is a color or position, the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Color Master (Master) DMXC3|Color Master]]}} or {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Position Master (Master) DMXC3|Position Master]]}} is used.
** For all other numeric parameters, such as {{Manual Fields|Amplitude}} or {{Manual Fields|Phase}}, the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Parameter Master (Master) DMXC3|Parameter Master]]}} can be used.
Both the {{Manual Windowcaption|Masters}} and the Speed Factor of a {{Manual Windowcaption|Cuelist}} can be controlled through the respective nodes in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Input Assignment DMXC3|Input Assignment]]}}, for example, using the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Softdesk DMXC3|Softdesk]]}} or another external controller.

== Custom Effect Templates ==
In DMXControl 3, it is possible to save frequently used effects with all their defined parameters, such as amplitude, frequency, or phase, for use in another project or for reuse on another device group as templates. To do this, the fully set effect is dragged and dropped from the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}} into the {{Manual MenuText|Saved}} tab in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Effects and Filters}} window.

Once the effect is listed, it can be renamed with a meaningful name using the {{Manual Buttons|Rename}} button or deleted if not needed using the {{Manual Buttons|Delete}} button.

= Functions =
== Effects ==
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|- class="hintergrundfarbe10"
! style="width: 200px" | Effect !! style="width: 75px" | Icon !! style="width: 75px" | DMXC Version !! style="width: 25px" | Footnote !! Short Description !! Example
|-
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tablesection | S1 | 6 | 2D}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Circle | Effect | 3.0.0 | | Draws a circle or a horizontally or vertically oriented ellipse.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Ellipse | Effect | 3.2.1 | | Generates an ellipse that can be rotated and also drawn only in sections.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Epitrochoid | Effect | 3.2.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Epizykloide | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Hypotrochoide | Effect | 3.2.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Hypozykloide | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Lissajous | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Polygon | Effect | 3.1.0 | | Generates a polygon with at least two corners, which can be oriented and rotated freely in the area.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Star | Effect | 3.2.1 | | Creates the outer contour of a star with any number of points.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Starpolygon | Effect | 3.2.1 | | Generates a star with at least five points, where the contour is continuous and does not have any internal corners.}}
|-
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tablesection | S1 | 6 | 1D}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Bump | Effect | 3.0.0 | | The Bump effect creates consecutive peaks where the output values remain in the upper range of the set amplitude. As a result, the effect appears bright when applied to the dimmer.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Capacitor | Effect | 3.0.0 | | The Capacitor effect simulates the charge and discharge curves of batteries or capacitors. Depending on the chosen parameters, this effect can create both dark and bright values when used on the dimmer, as the width of the bright part can be freely determined. Within certain limits, the Capacitor effect can also replicate both the Bump and Swing-Up effects.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Cardinalsinus | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Pows | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Rectangle | Effect | 3.0.0 | | The Rectangle effect produces continuously changing values between the set minimum and the maximum value determined by the amplitude. This effect does not include fade-in or fade-out phases, making it very harsh.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Sawtooth | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Sinus | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Swing | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Swing up | Effect | 3.0.0 | | The Swing-up effect generates continuous peaks, where the fade-in or fade-out to the maximum amplitude value is smooth. Overall, the Swing-up effect is relatively dark when applied to the dimmer, as the bright part is narrow and short.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Trapezoid | Effect | 3.0.0 | | The Trapezoid effect can be widely adjusted by setting the times for the phases "fade in," "hold maximum value," "fade out," and "hold minimum value." This allows the effect to be configured as a "dark effect" or a "bright effect." The transition between light and dark is linear, so the transitions between the four phases are abrupt.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Triangle | Effect | 3.0.0 | | }}
|-
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tablesection | S1 | 6 | Filter}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Chaser | Filter | 3.0.0 | x | Creates a running effect for any function with various patterns, where any maximum value can be specified for each function.}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | List switch | Filter | 3.0.0 | | Runs through a selected range of elements in a DDF. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | PWM | Filter | 3.2.0 | | Dynamic PWM effect similar to a level indicator or bar graph. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | PWM static | Filter | 3.2.1 | | Static version of the PWM effect, whose deflection can be manually controlled via an assigned {{Manual Objectcaption|[[Parameter Master (Master) DMXC3|Parameter Master]]}}. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Sparkle | Filter | 3.2.3 | | Generates a random sparkle on the assigned function. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Random value | Filter | 3.0.0 | | Generates random values between any minimum and maximum value. }}
|-
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tablesection | S1 | 6 | List Chaser}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Color Chaser | List Chaser | 3.0.0 | x | Effect for automatically cycling through a selected color list. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Gobo Chaser | List Chaser | 3.1.0 | | Effect for automatically cycling through a selected gobo list. }}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Effects-Filters | Position Chaser | List Chaser | 3.3.0 | n | Runs through a selected position list where a manually created curve or points are stored. }}
|}

'''''Footnotes''''' 
{{Manual Icon inline|DMXC3 Icon V-Collection check.png}}: The effect has received an update in the current version, such as new parameters. 
{{Manual Icon inline|DMXC3 Icon V-Collection star yellow.png}}: This effect is completely new.

= Links and References =
== Video Tutorials ==
On our {{DMXCWebLinks|YouTube}} you can find the following videos on this topic.
{|
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Videolink | pxK7zgztGOI | Apply Effects}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Videolink | XkQ7CeId3sU | Adjust Effects}}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableentry Videolink | CuHtNgNzkjM | Save Custom Effects as Templates}}
|}

<noinclude>
[[Category: Manual DMXControl 3]]
</noinclude>

[[de: Effects_and_Filters_DMXC3]]

Template:Image with Caption

2025-03-02T20:20:30Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>{{#switch: {{{4}}}| center = <center>
{{(!}}
{{!-}}
{{!}}[[File:{{#ifexist: File:{{{1|}}} |{{{1}}}{{!}}{{{5}}} |No-photo.jpg{{!}}300px{{!}}link=Special:Upload&wpDestFile={{{1}}}}}{{!}}{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}}{{{3}}}]]
{{!-}}
{{!}}
{{!-}}
{{!}}align="left" style="font-size:85%; width: {{{5}}};"{{!}}'''{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}} {{{3}}}'''
{{!)}}
</center>
| left
| right = {{(!}} style="float:{{{4}}}"
{{!-}}
{{!}}[[File:{{#ifexist: File:{{{1|}}} |{{{1}}}{{!}}{{{5}}} |No-photo.jpg{{!}}300px{{!}}link=Special:Upload&wpDestFile={{{1}}}}}{{!}}{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}}{{{3}}}]]
{{!-}}
{{!}}
{{!-}}
{{!}}style="font-size:85%; align:left; width: {{{5}}};"{{!}}'''{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}} {{{3}}}'''
{{!)}}
| #default = {{(!}}
{{!-}}
{{!}}[[File:{{#ifexist: File:{{{1|}}} |{{{1}}}{{!}}{{{4}}} |No-photo.jpg{{!}}300px{{!}}link=Special:Upload&wpDestFile={{{1}}}}}{{!}}{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}}{{{3}}}]]
{{!-}}
{{!}}
{{!-}}
{{!}}style="font-size:85%; align:left; width: {{{4}}};"{{!}}'''{{#if: {{{2|}}} | {{{2}}} |}} {{{3}}}'''
{{!)}}
}}</includeonly>
<noinclude>

This template creates a caption. The syntax is:
 

<nowiki>{{Image_With_Caption | <File name> | <Image number> | <Caption> | <Position (optional)> | <Image size (optional)>}}</nowiki>
 
 
for example: 
*without position
:<nowiki>{{Image_With_Caption | DMXC2_Manual_Kanaluebersicht_Fenster.png | 2.2 | Die Kanalübersicht | 400px}}</nowiki>
*with position
:<nowiki>{{Image_With_Caption | DMXC2_Manual_Kanaluebersicht_Fenster.png | 2.2 | Die Kanalübersicht | center | 400px}}</nowiki>
</noinclude>

Template:BoxAdvanced

2025-03-02T20:18:16Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>
{| cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; border: 2px solid #349967; background-color: #FCFCFC;"
| valign="top" style="width: 130px; valign: top; margin: 5px;" |  [[File:DMXC2_Manual_Box_Advanced.png|110px|link=|Advanced information]] ||{{{Text}}}
|}
</includeonly><noinclude>
----
This Template is to highlight advanced informations.

'''Usage:''' 
<nowiki>{{BoxAdvanced</nowiki> 
<nowiki>|Text = Here should be an advanced information. </nowiki> 
<nowiki>}}</nowiki>

[[File:DMXC2_Manual_Box_Advanced.png|110px|link=|Advanced information]]

Template:BoxImportant

2025-03-02T20:17:10Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>
{| cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; border: 2px solid #fb7000; background-color: #FCFCFC;"
| valign="top" style="width: 130px; valign: top; margin: 5px;" |   [[File:DMXC2_Manual_Box_Important.png|110px|link=|Important hint]] ||{{{Text}}}
|}
</includeonly><noinclude>
----
This template schould be used for a very important text.

'''Usage:''' 
<nowiki>{{BoxImportant</nowiki> 
<nowiki>|Text = This is a very important text. </nowiki> 
<nowiki>}}</nowiki>

Template:BoxAchtung

2025-03-02T20:16:13Z

Skistner: Removed redirect to Template:BoxAttention

Template unused

Template:BoxAttention

2025-03-02T20:15:56Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>
{| cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; border: 2px solid #ff0101; background-color: #FCFCFC;"
| valign="top" style="width: 130px; valign: top; margin: 5px;" |  [[File:DMXC2_Manual_Box_Attention.png|110px|link=|Attention]] ||{{{Text}}}
|}
</includeonly><noinclude>

----This Template is to highlight attention information.
'''Verwendung:''' 
<nowiki>{{BoxAttention</nowiki> 
<nowiki>|Text = Here should be an attention information.</nowiki> 
<nowiki>}}</nowiki>

Template:BoxHint

2025-03-02T20:15:29Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>
{| cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; border: 2px solid #0101ff; background-color: #FCFCFC;"
| valign="top" style="width: 130px; valign: top; margin: 5px;" |  [[File:DMXC2_Manual_Box_Hint.png|110px|link=|Important Hint]] ||{{{Text}}}
|}
</includeonly><noinclude>
----
This Template is to highlight important hints.

'''Usage:''' 
<nowiki>{{BoxHint</nowiki> 
<nowiki>|Text = Here should be an important hint. </nowiki> 
<nowiki>}}</nowiki>

Template:BoxHinweis

2025-03-02T20:14:23Z

Skistner: Removed redirect to Template:BoxHint

Template unused

Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T20:10:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Color (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Color
| LinkForwards = Radix (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Radix
}}

= Matrix =
== Basic structure ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGB matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value | XML value | five}} rows and {{Manual Value | XML value | five}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
|-
| RGB matrix with two rows and three columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="2" columns="3">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="3" />
<green dmxchannel="4" />
<blue dmxchannel="5" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="6" />
<green dmxchannel="7" />
<blue dmxchannel="8" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="9" />
<green dmxchannel="10" />
<blue dmxchannel="11" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="12" />
<green dmxchannel="13" />
<blue dmxchannel="14" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="15" />
<green dmxchannel="16" />
<blue dmxchannel="17" />
</rgb>
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value | XML value | two}} rows and {{Manual Value | XML value | three}} columns, where addressing is manual from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* RGB pixel top left: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* RGB pixel top middle: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}.
* ...
* RGB pixel bottom right: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 16}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 18}}.
|}

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! rows !! columns
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Number of rows of the matrix
| style="width: 175px" | Number of columns of the matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If the matrix is defined as an RGBW matrix, the "White Auto Mix" function of the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3| Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} takes effect. However, in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}, only entries for red, green, and blue continue to be generated.}}

== Additional Attributes ==
The matrix can be further customized with additional attributes:
* '''<code>matrix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>monochrome</code>: Matrix as a monochrome matrix
** <code>rowfirst</code>: Changes the automatic patch order

=== Matrices with RGB+ colors ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGBW matrix with two rows and six columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="2" columns="6" whiteoffset="3" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value | XML value | two}} rows and {{Manual Value | XML value | six}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel of the RGBW matrix on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Offset for control channel of the white LED at value {{Manual Value | XML value | 3}}, since LED color is in the fourth position in the control sequence (RGBW LED type).

|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! whiteoffset 
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" | Offset of the white LED

|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| Greater than <code>3</code>

|}


''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''



=== Monochrome matrices ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Monochrome matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" monochrome="true" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value | XML value | five}} rows and {{Manual Value | XML value | five}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Attribute {{Manual Value | XML attribute | monochrome}} with the value {{Manual Value | XML value | true}} generates a matrix with only one color.
|-
| Monochrome matrix with one row and four columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="1" columns="4" monochrome="true" >
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="2" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="3" />
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value | XML value | one}} row and {{Manual Value | XML value | four}} columns, where addressing is manual from left to right:
* Attribute {{Manual Value | XML attribute | monochrome}} with the value {{Manual Value | XML value | true}} generates a matrix with only one color.
* 1st pixel (left): DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* 2nd pixel: DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* 3rd pixel: DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* 4th pixel (right): DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! monochrome
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Generating a monochrome matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>true</code>
|}
''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''

[[de:Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Template:Manual Value

2025-03-02T20:02:00Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>{{#switch: {{{1}}}
| Caption = '''{{{2}}}'''
| DMX channel = '''{{{2}}}'''
| DMX value = '''{{{2}}}'''
| XML attribute = '''{{{2}}}'''
| XML value = '''{{{2}}}'''
| #default = '''{{{2}}}'''}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation Language reference}}</noinclude>

Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T20:00:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.1
| LinkBackwards = Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Matrix
| LinkForwards = Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Gobo
}}

In a radial matrix (shortly Radix), the controllable pixels are arranged in a circular pattern. Depending on the device's design, either multiple LEDs are grouped together (for example, two half rings) or all LEDs can be addressed individually. For radial matrices, DMXControl 3 provides its own group of {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Effects and Filters DMXC3|effects]]}}. For targeted pixel control, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|control panel window]]}}.

= Radix =
== Basic structure ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGB pixels, automatically patched in sequence
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" />
<ring segments="12" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 1}} pixel: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* RGB pixels middle ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 6}} pixels: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 22}}.
* RGB pixels outer ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 12}} pixels: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 23}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 59}}.
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with two rings and a total of 7 RGB pixels, manually specified pixel positions
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring>
<segment nr="0"/>
</ring>
<ring>
<segment nr="1"/>
<segment nr="3"/>
<segment nr="5"/>
<segment nr="2"/>
<segment nr="4"/>
<segment nr="6"/>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rings, where addressing is automatic based on the pixels:
* RGB pixels inner ring: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* RGB pixels outer ring: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 21}}.
''Note: Additional rings can be addressed by adding the <code>ring</code> tag with the corresponding <code>segment</code> subtags.''
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGBW pixels, manually specified DMX addresses of the pixels
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="0"/>
<g dmxchannel="1"/>

<w dmxchannel="3"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="4"/>
<g dmxchannel="5"/>

<w dmxchannel="7"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="8"/>
<g dmxchannel="9"/>

<w dmxchannel="11"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="24"/>
<g dmxchannel="25"/>

<w dmxchannel="27"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="28"/>
<g dmxchannel="29"/>

<w dmxchannel="31"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="32"/>
<g dmxchannel="33"/>

<w dmxchannel="35"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="72"/>
<g dmxchannel="73"/>

<w dmxchannel="75"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing of the pixels is manual:
* RGBW pixels inner ring: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
* RGBW pixels middle ring: from DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 5}}, 7 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
* RGB pixels outer ring: from DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 28}}, 12 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
|}

== Additional attributes ==
The radial matrix can be customized using various attributes. These attributes are assigned either to the parent tag <code>radix</code> or to the <code>ring</code> tags.
* '''<code>radix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>shape</code>: <code>round</code>/<code>honeycomb</code> - Basic arrangement of the pixels
* '''<code>ring</code> (subordinate tag)'''
** <code>angleoffset</code>: Positioning of the first pixel of a ring

=== shape ===
The <code>shape</code> attribute defines the arrangement of the pixels. Currently, two variants are commonly used:
* Round arrangement: The individual pixels actually describe a circle.
* Honeycomb: The rings are arranged more hexagonally.

<gallery widths="280" heights="280" perrow="4">
File:Robe Robin 600E LED Wash.png|LED Wash Moving Head with circularly arranged LEDs (Robe Robin 600E LED Wash)
File:Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom.png|LEDs arranged in a honeycomb pattern (Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom)
</gallery>

=== angleoffset ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGB Radix with angular offset between outer two rings, pixels automatically patched in sequence
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" angleoffset="15" />
<ring segments="12" angleoffset="60" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 1}} pixel without angular offset.
* RGB pixels middle ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 6}} pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of {{Manual Value | XML value | 15}}° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
* RGB pixels outer ring with {{Manual Value | XML value | 12}} pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of {{Manual Value | XML value | 60}}° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
|}

[[de: Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T19:35:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Color (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Color
| LinkForwards = Radix (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Radix
}}

= Matrix =
== Basic structure ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGB matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value || five}} rows and {{Manual Value || five}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
|-
| RGB matrix with two rows and three columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="2" columns="3">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="3" />
<green dmxchannel="4" />
<blue dmxchannel="5" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="6" />
<green dmxchannel="7" />
<blue dmxchannel="8" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="9" />
<green dmxchannel="10" />
<blue dmxchannel="11" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="12" />
<green dmxchannel="13" />
<blue dmxchannel="14" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="15" />
<green dmxchannel="16" />
<blue dmxchannel="17" />
</rgb>
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value || two}} rows and {{Manual Value || three}} columns, where addressing is manual from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* RGB pixel top left: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* RGB pixel top middle: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}.
* ...
* RGB pixel bottom right: DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 16}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 18}}.
|}

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! rows !! columns
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Number of rows of the matrix
| style="width: 175px" | Number of columns of the matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If the matrix is defined as an RGBW matrix, the "White Auto Mix" function of the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3| Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} takes effect. However, in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}, only entries for red, green, and blue continue to be generated.}}

== Additional Attributes ==
The matrix can be further customized with additional attributes:
* '''<code>matrix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>monochrome</code>: Matrix as a monochrome matrix
** <code>rowfirst</code>: Changes the automatic patch order

=== Matrices with RGB+ colors ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGBW matrix with two rows and six columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="2" columns="6" whiteoffset="3" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value || two}} rows and {{Manual Value || six}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel of the RGBW matrix on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Offset for control channel of the white LED at value {{Manual Value || 3}}, since LED color is in the fourth position in the control sequence (RGBW LED type).

|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! whiteoffset 
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" | Offset of the white LED

|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| Greater than <code>3</code>

|}


''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''



=== Monochrome matrices ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Monochrome matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" monochrome="true" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value || five}} rows and {{Manual Value || five}} columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
|-
| Monochrome matrix with one row and four columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="1" columns="4" monochrome="true" >
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="2" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="3" />
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with {{Manual Value || one}} row and {{Manual Value || four}} columns, where addressing is manual from left to right:
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
* 1st pixel (left): DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* 2nd pixel: DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* 3rd pixel: DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
* 4th pixel (right): DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! monochrome
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Generating a monochrome matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>true</code>
|}
''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''

[[de:Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

MediaWiki:Citizen.css

2025-03-02T15:08:45Z

Skistner:

/* Das folgende CSS wird für Benutzer des Citizen-Skins geladen */

:root {
--color-primary__h: 33.1;
--color-primary__s: 88.5%;
--color-primary__l: 47.8%;

--background-color-table1: #b3b7ff;
--background-color-table2: #e1e2ff;
--background-color-table3: #e0e0e0;

--color-base--subtle: #202020;
--color-footer: #efefef;

--color-box1: 255, 0, 0;
--color-box1-f:rgba(var(--color-box1), 1.0);
--color-box1-t:rgba(var(--color-box1), 0.1);
--color-box2: 52, 153, 103;
--color-box2-f:rgba(var(--color-box2), 1.0);
--color-box2-t:rgba(var(--color-box2), 0.1);
--color-box3: 0, 0, 255;
--color-box3-f:rgba(var(--color-box3), 1.0);
--color-box3-t:rgba(var(--color-box3), 0.1);
--color-box4: 251, 112, 0;
--color-box4-f:rgba(var(--color-box4), 1.0);
--color-box4-t:rgba(var(--color-box4), 0.1);
--color-box5: 133, 9, 129;
--color-box5-f:rgba(var(--color-box5), 1.0);
--color-box5-t:rgba(var(--color-box5), 0.1);

--color-header1: 255, 204, 102;
--color-header1-f:rgba(var(--color-header1), 1.0);
--color-header1-t:rgba(var(--color-header1), 0.05);
}

@media screen {
:root.skin-citizen-dark {
--color-base: hsl(0, 0%, 100%);
--color-surface-0: hsl(240, 13%, 9%);
--color-surface-1: hsl(240, 13%,11%);
--color-surface-2: hsl(240, 13%,14%);
--color-surface-3: hsl(240, 13%,19%);
--color-surface-4: hsl(240, 13%,24%);

--background-color-table1: #953800;
--background-color-table2: #841616;
--background-color-table3: #481111;

--color-base--subtle: #ffffff;
--color-footer: #454545;

--color-box1: 255, 0, 0;
--color-box1-f:rgba(var(--color-box1), 1.0);
--color-box1-t:rgba(var(--color-box1), 0.1);
--color-box2: 52, 153, 103;
--color-box2-f:rgba(var(--color-box2), 1.0);
--color-box2-t:rgba(var(--color-box2), 0.1);
--color-box3: 0, 0, 255;
--color-box3-f:rgba(var(--color-box3), 1.0);
--color-box3-t:rgba(var(--color-box3), 0.1);
--color-box4: 251, 112, 0;
--color-box4-f:rgba(var(--color-box4), 1.0);
--color-box4-t:rgba(var(--color-box4), 0.1);
--color-box5: 133, 9, 129;
--color-box5-f:rgba(var(--color-box5), 1.0);
--color-box5-t:rgba(var(--color-box5), 0.1);

--color-header1: 255, 204, 102;
--color-header1-f:rgba(var(--color-header1), 1.0);
--color-header1-t:rgba(var(--color-header1), 0.05);
/*--color-header2:rgba(255, 204, 102, 0.05);*/

/*
--color-primary__l: 60%;
--color-base: hsl(240, 13.4%, 19%);
--color-base--emphasized: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),80%,95%);
--color-surface-0: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),20%,10%);
--color-surface-1: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),25%,12%);
--color-surface-2: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),25%,15%);
--color-surface-3: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),15%,20%);
--color-surface-4: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),15%,25%);
--background-color-primary--hover: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),var(--color-primary__s),15%);
--background-color-primary--active: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),var(--color-primary__s),20%);
--background-color-overlay: hsla(var(--color-primary__h),20%,10%,0.95);
--background-color-overlay--lighter: hsla(var(--color-primary__h),20%,10%,0.6);
--color-surface-2--hover: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),30%,19%);
--color-surface-2--active: hsl(var(--color-primary__h),30%,11%);
--surface-shadow: var(--color-primary__h),50%,3%;
--shadow-strength: 0.8;
--filter-invert: invert(1) hue-rotate(180deg);
--font-grade: -25;
*/
}
}

/* Definitionen für Rahmenfarben */

/* Definitionen für Hintergrundfarben in Tabellen */

table > * > tr.hintergrundfarbe1 > th,
table > * > tr > th.hintergrundfarbe1,
table.hintergrundfarbe1,
.hintergrundfarbe1 { /* Wie Inhaltsverzeichnis */
background-color: var(--background-color);
}

table > * > tr.hintergrundfarbe10 > th,
table > * > tr > th.hintergrundfarbe10,
table.hintergrundfarbe10,
.hintergrundfarbe10 { /* Allgemein „bunt“, für Hervorhebungen und Unterscheidungen */
background-color: var(--background-color-table1);
}

table > * > tr.hintergrundfarbe11 > th,
table > * > tr > th.hintergrundfarbe11,
table.hintergrundfarbe11,
.hintergrundfarbe11 { /* Allgemein „bunt“, für Hervorhebungen und Unterscheidungen */
background-color: var(--background-color-table2);
}

table > * > tr.hintergrundfarbe12 > th,
table > * > tr > th.hintergrundfarbe12,
table.hintergrundfarbe12,
.hintergrundfarbe12 { /* Allgemein „bunt“, für Hervorhebungen und Unterscheidungen */
background-color: var(--background-color-table3);
}

/* Allgemeine Definitionen im Theme */

.citizen-footer {
background-color: var(--color-footer);
}

.citizen-body a.image:hover:not(.lazy):not(.new) > img {
transform: scale(1.0);
}

Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:56:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Basic rules (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Basic Rules of DDF Creation
| LinkForwards = Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Position
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption| Dimmer}}, {{Manual Windowcaption| Switch}}, {{Manual Windowcaption| Shutter}}, and {{Manual Windowcaption| Strobe}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the group {{Manual Objectcaption| Intensity}} and thereby influence the brightness of a device. For this purpose, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption| [[Control Panel DMXC3|control panel]]}}.

= Dimmer =
The dimmer channel controls the brightness of a device. LED PAR spotlights or moving heads usually have only one dimmer channel. Depending on the configuration, resolutions ranging from the standard resolution of 8 bits to finer resolutions up to 32 bits are possible. For this purpose, the element is expanded to <code><dimmer dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1" ultraddmxchannel="2" ultrafinedmxchannel="3" /></code>. DMXControl automatically handles the corresponding calculation of which DMX channel to control.

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | Unlike LED PARs, scanners, or moving heads, dimmer packs have multiple dimmer channels. However, it is not necessary to map the dimmer pack with its four, six, or twelve dimmer channels itself. It is more helpful and easier to add the connected halogen PAR spotlights to the project accordingly.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} with a standard linear dimming behavior from {{Manual Value || 0%}} brightness (off) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to maximum brightness of {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Dimmer with 16-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer with 16-bit resolutions on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}
|-
| Simple dimmer in a specific DMX value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</dimmer>
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear dimming behavior from {{Manual Value || 0%}} brightness (off) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to maximum brightness of {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for low brightness
| DMX value for maximum brightness
| Lowest brightness
| Maximum brightness
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

= Switch =
The function <code>switch</code> is used whenever only two states need to be toggled, for example, the state "work light on" and the state "work light off".

Apart from the DMX channel, no further information needs to be provided for this element. DMXControl 3 automatically outputs a DMX value of {{Manual Value || 0}} for brightness values less than {{Manual Value || 50%}} and a DMX value of {{Manual Value || 255}} for brightness values above {{Manual Value || 50%}}.

It is recommended to use this function only with a switch pack. For activating another operating mode, such as sound-to-light control, the <code>rawstep</code> element is better suited.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<switch dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Switch on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
|}

= Shutter =
The shutter is usually found in moving heads or scanners with a discharge lamp. Mechanical shutters are inserted into the light beam when the device should not emit light. Additionally, the strobe effect is generated via the shutter. For moving heads or scanners with LEDs as a light source, this behavior is simulated electronically.

Usually, several functions need to be assigned to the shutter channel, but at least the functions "shutter closed" and "shutter open".

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<shutter dmxchannel="0">
<step type="closed" mindmx="0" maxdmx="21" />
<step type="open" mindmx="234" maxdmx="255" />
</shutter>
</syntaxhighlight>
Shutter on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Shutter {{Manual Value || closed}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 21}}.
* Shutter {{Manual Value || open}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 234}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| Lower DMX value for the state
| Upper DMX value for the state
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>closed</code> <code>open</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

= Strobe =
== Basic functions ==
Various functions such as different strobe effects can be assigned to the strobe channel. The following strobe effects are common:
* <code>linear</code>: Strobe frequency steadily increases to almost continuous lighting
* <code>pulse</code>: Pulsating strobe effect
* <code>random</code>: Flashes occur at random intervals with increasing intensity
* <code>ramp up</code>: Flashes become brighter up to the maximum value and then go out abruptly
* <code>spikes</code>: Individual flashes are generated

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="89" minval="1" maxval="12" />
<range type="pulse" mindmx="90" maxdmx="172" minval="0.5" maxval="6" />
<range type="random" mindmx="173" maxdmx="255" minval="1" maxval="12" />
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe with speed increasing from {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 89}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Pulsating}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 90}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 172}} with a speed of {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 6 Hz}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Random}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 173}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with a speed of {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for minimum strobe frequency
| DMX value for maximum strobe frequency
| Minimum strobe frequency
| Maximum strobe frequency
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code> <code>pulse</code> <code>random</code> <code>ramp up</code> <code>ramp down</code> <code>ramp up/down</code> <code>lightning</code> <code>spikes</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>50 Hz</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>50 Hz</code>
|}

== Subfunctions ==
The following subfunctions are possible for individual functions of the strobe channel:
* <code>strobetype</code>: Selection of the strobe effect via a separate DMX channel

=== Strobe type ===
The <code>strobetype</code> selects the strobe effect via a separate DMX channel. This function is usually available when the device can generate many different strobe effects, and the strobe frequency should still be precisely adjusted in this context.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<strobetype dmxchannel="1" />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="25" >
<step handler="strobetype" mindmx="6" maxdmx="42" />
</range>
<range type="random" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="25" >
<step handler="strobetype" mindmx="43" maxdmx="85" />
</range>
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe frequency on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, strobe effect on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 25 Hz}}, with DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 42}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Random}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 25 Hz}}, with DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 43}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 85}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| Minimum DMX value
| Maximum DMX value
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>strobetype</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

== Additional functions ==
The following additional functions are possible for the entire strobe channel:
* <code>duration</code>: Setting the duration of a single flash

=== Duration ===
The <code>duration</code> sets the length of the flash duration of a single flash. The maximum flash duration corresponds to the strobe frequency. For certain combinations of strobe frequency and duration, a continuous lighting is generated if technically possible.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="1" maxval="12" />
<duration dmxchannel="1" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="650" />
</duration>
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe frequency on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, flash duration on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}}. Flash duration from {{Manual Value || 0 ms}} to {{Manual Value || 650 ms}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | de | range-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for shortest flash duration
| DMX value for longest flash duration
| Shortest flash duration
| Longest flash duration
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 ms</code> to <code>2000 ms</code>
| <code>0 ms</code> to <code>2000 ms</code>
|}

[[de:Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:51:03Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Intensity
| LinkForwards = Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Color
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption|Position}} and {{Manual Windowcaption|Pan-Tilt speed}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the {{Manual Objectcaption|Position}} group and are needed for the movement of a moving head or scanner, i.e., the horizontal and vertical movement of the head or mirror. For positioning a moving head or scanner in space, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}}.

= Position =
In the {{Manual Windowcaption|Position}} function, the DMX channels for the pan and tilt movement of moving heads and scanners are stored in the DDF.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1">
<range range="540" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="2" finedmxchannel="3">
<range range="240" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan and tilt movement with a resolution of 16 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}, using the DMXControl internal standard definition:
* Pan movement with a total pan range of {{Manual Value || 540°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (for 8-bit/standard resolution) and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (for 16-bit/fine resolution), ranging from {{Manual Value || -270°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || +270°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 240°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} (for 8-bit/standard resolution) and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} (for 16-bit/fine resolution), ranging from {{Manual Value || -120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || +120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Positioning the pan and tilt axis only over a subset of the DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan dmxchannel="0">
<range range="630" mindmx="0" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="630" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan and tilt movement with a resolution of 8 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Pan movement with a total pan range of {{Manual Value || 630°}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, with the pan axis at {{Manual Value || -315°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +315°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}.
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 360°}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, with the pan axis at {{Manual Value || -180°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +180°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}.
|-
| Device has only one movement axis
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan>
<range range="0" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1">
<range range="240" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Device has only one tilt axis with a resolution of 16 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 240°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, with the tilt axis at {{Manual Value || -120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! vertical-align:top" | Description
| Swivel range via pan or tilt axis
| DMX value for the minimum value of swivel range
| DMX value for the maximum value of swivel range
| Minimum value of swivel range
| Maximum value of swivel range
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>0°</code> bis <code>1080°</code>
| <code>0</code> bis <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> bis <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> bis <code>1080°</code>
| <code>0°</code> bis <code>1080°</code>
|}

= Pan-Tilt speed =
The Pan-Tilt Speed function determines how fast a moving head or scanner moves during its travels.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<ptspeed dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</ptspeed>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan-Tilt speed on channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Maximum pan-tilt speed ({{Manual Value || 100%}}) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, decreasing to minimum speed ({{Manual Value || 0%}}) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | de | range-generic }}
! Description
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for minimum Pan-Tilt speed
| DMX value for maximum Pan-Tilt speed
| Minimum Pan-Tilt speed
| Maximum Pan-Tilt speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

[[de:Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:44:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Position_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Position
| LinkForwards = Matrix_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Matrix
}}

{{Manual_Windowcaption|RGB}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|HSV}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|CMY}}, and {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colorwheel}}, as well as {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colortemp}}, are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3 to control the color according to the used color mixing system. All the aforementioned functions are assigned to the group {{Manual_Objectcaption|Color}}. The GUI generates an independent {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Control_Panel_DMXC3|control panel]]}} for controlling, regardless of the color mixing system, and allows for direct selection of fixed colors.

= Color =
A luminaire can generate a color in two ways. For each color mixing system, there are technically different mixing systems, which are assigned in DMXControl 3 as follows:
* additive color mixing: <code>rgb</code>, <code>hsv</code>
* subtractive color mixing: <code>cmy</code>, <code>colorwheel</code>

== RGBx color mixing ==
RGB color mixing is one of the additive color mixtures. Different colors are added during color mixing to achieve the desired mixed color. Therefore, the colors red, green, and blue must each be set to maximum brightness to obtain the color white.
DMXControl 3 currently supports the standard channel colors, which are listed in the table below. Both the spelled-out node names and the abbreviations in XML can be used:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Red
| <code>red</code> || <code>r</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Green
| <code>green</code> || <code>g</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Blue
| <code>blue</code> || <code>b</code> || {{No}}
|-
! White
| <code>white</code> || <code>w</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Warm White
| <code>warmwhite</code> || <code>ww</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Natural White
| <code>naturalwhite</code> || <code>nw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cold White
| <code>coldwhite</code> || <code>cw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Amber / Dark Orange
| <code>amber</code> || <code>a</code> or <code>do</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! UV
| <code>uv</code> || || {{Yes}}
|-
! Indigo / Congo Blue
| <code>indigo</code> || <code>i</code> or <code>cb</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Lime / Light Green
| <code>lime</code> || <code>l</code> or <code>lg</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Mint
| <code>mint</code> || <code>mi</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Red Orange
| <code>redorange</code> || <code>ro</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | DMXControl 3 calculates colors in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>, not in the range of <code>0%</code> to <code>100%</code> or analogously to DMX in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>. Therefore, the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|device control]]}} defaults to showing the values <code>1; 1; 1</code> for white or <code>0; 0; 0</code> for black. So if you need to "clip" the value range to the DMX channels for the colors in a DDF, note the value range from <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Simple RGB spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the red LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the green LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the blue LEDs
|-
| RGB color mixing only on partial ranges of the DMX channels for red, green, and blue
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</red>
<green dmxchannel="1" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</green>
<blue dmxchannel="2" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</blue>
</rgb></syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* No color output (LEDs off) on each DMX channel at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}.
* Dimming of the LEDs on respective DMX channels from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| RGBW spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<white dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| RGBA spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| Spotlight with two different white light LEDs
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red />
<green />
<blue />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="0" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color mixing for spotlights with purely cool white and warm white LEDs on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the cool white LEDs (<code>coldwhite</code>)
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the warm white LEDs (<code>warmwhite</code>)
Since nodes for red, green, and blue are required, they must be specified as shown.
|}

=== Operation of additional LED colors ===
All additional LED colors such as white, amber, UV, etc., which are installed in the device alongside the RGB LEDs, are not initially controlled after adding the device to a project. In the device properties, accessible, for example, via the Stage View, the behavior for each device can be adjusted individually under the entry ''White Automix Mode'':
* ''None'': No control of the white LED (default setting)
* ''Add white'': All four LEDs at 100% for the color white
* ''Only white'': Only white LEDs at 100% for the color white

=== Operating ranges for additional LED colors ===
In DMXControl, the operating ranges for the additional LED colors are predefined in the program but can be adjusted by the user in the respective DDFs. The operating range indicates when the HAL begins to include the color amber, indigo, etc., in the color mixing. These specifications are defined separately for each color using the following four attributes. All four attributes together form a trapezoid in the color spectrum, provided the left and right maximums coincide at a point. In the latter case, a triangle is formed.
* <code>hueLeftBottom</code>: Left zero point of the trapezoid
* <code>hueLeftTop</code>: Left maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightTop</code>: Right maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightBottom</code>: Right zero point of the trapezoid
The default values are noted in the table below. The values of the attributes are given in degrees.
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Color !! hueLeftBottom !! hueLeftTop !! hueRightTop !! hueRightBottom
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | <code>lime</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>60</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>120</code>
|-
! <code>amber</code>
| <code>0</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>60</code>
|-
! <code>cyan</code>
| <code>120</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>240</code>
|-
! <code>indigo</code>
| <code>240</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>300</code>
|}

For the color <code>amber</code>, the complete definition for an RGBA LED spotlight would then be as follows:
 
<syntaxhighlight lang="xml"><rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="4" hueLeftBottom="0" hueLeftTop="60" hueRightTop="60" hueRightBottom="120" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>

== CMY color mixing ==
CMY color mixing is a so-called subtractive color mixing method. Starting from the color white, various color components are subtracted using three disks in the colors cyan, magenta, and yellow to achieve the desired mixed color. The disks are transparent on one side and fully colored on the opposite side.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Magenta
| <code>magenta</code> || <code>m</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Yellow
| <code>yellow</code> || <code>y</code> || {{No}}
|}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Standard CMY Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<cmy>
<cyan dmxchannel="0" />
<magenta dmxchannel="1" />
<yellow dmxchannel="2" />
</cmy>
</syntaxhighlight>
CMY color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the intensity of cyan
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the intensity of magenta
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the intensity of yellow
|}

== HSV color mixing ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| HSV Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<hsv>
<h dmxchannel="0"/>
<s dmxchannel="1"/>
<v dmxchannel="2"/>
</hsv>
</syntaxhighlight>
HSV color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the hue
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the saturation
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the value
|}

= Color wheel =
A color wheel consists of several translucent elements arranged in a circle, colored in different hues. This gives the light beam of a moving head or a scanner "its" color. Depending on the design, half colors are also possible, where the color wheel is always positioned exactly in the middle between two adjacent colors in the light beam.

The number of colors for a color wheel is effectively unlimited. However, due to technical limitations, only 255 different colors plus white are possible. A DMX channel can only accept values between 0 and 255.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be manually edited after insertion:
* Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED spotlights
* Definition of color macros for different shades of white
* Activation of the selection of full colors of the color wheel via a second DMX channel
* Activation and adjustment of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel}}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The so-called split colors, that is, the simultaneous display of two colors directly adjacent on the color wheel, are not yet natively supported by DMXControl 3.}}

== Basic functions ==
There are two ways to define color in the DDF:
* '''Custom Definition''': You work in the <code>val</code> attribute with the hexadecimal code of the corresponding color and name the color in the <code>caption</code> attribute with an individual "clear name". The {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color (Color Control)}} and the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control (Device Control)}} also display this name.
* '''Definition using color list''': There are two subordinate variants.
# '''''Calibrated colors''''': You use the color lists stored in DMXControl 3 according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel, which always lead to the same color output for correspondingly calibrated devices. To do this, you only enter the three-digit number of the color as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute together with a prefix letter as an abbreviation for the color list to be referenced. DMXControl automatically takes over the corresponding name in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}. ''See also the table below for details.''
# '''''White tones''''': To retrieve color macros or presets for white tones stored in the device, you only enter the corresponding color temperature including unit as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute, such as <code>3750K</code>. Based on this input, DMXControl 3 automatically generates the color-graded buttons in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}, and also displays the value of the color temperature in plain text.
In all cases, the buttons with the colors then automatically appear in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! rowspan="2" style="width: 200px" | Color List !! rowspan="2" style="width: 25px" | Abbreviation !! colspan="2" | Example
|-
! style="width: 100px" | Input !! Output in Device Control
|-
| Lee || <code>L</code> || <code>L106</code> || Primary Red
|-
| Chromagel || <code>C</code> || ||
|-
| Supergel || <code>S</code> || ||
|}

It is permissible to enter the same values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. This is always necessary when the color wheel does not have a fixed position for a specific color and can be positioned arbitrarily.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Classic color wheel with color filters for a discharge lamp or a white light LED
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|-
| Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED fixtures
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) via the color macro function between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
|-
| Definition of colors using color lists according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="L106" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="L139" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="L071" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="L174" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="L101" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color Primary Red (LEE number {{Manual Value || 106}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color Primary Green (LEE number {{Manual Value || 139}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color Tokyo Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 071}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* Color Dark Steel Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 174}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* Color Yellow (LEE number {{Manual Value || 101}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Definition of color macros for different shades of white
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="2700K" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="3250K" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="4500K" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="5600K" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="6500K" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} for calling color macros:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2700K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3250K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 4500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 5600K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 6500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Activation of selection of full colors of the color wheel via a second DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<support dmxchannel="1" name="colorwheel" >
<step mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</support>
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, when DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-val}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| Color code of the color in HEX format
| Lower DMX value for the color
| Upper DMX value for the color
| Name of the color
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>color</code>
| <code>#000000</code> to <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

The hexadecimal value (HEX value) can be converted from any other color systems. Every two letters result in a decimal value between 0 and 255. Examples for this are:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Name !! RGB value !! HEX value !! CMY
|-
| style="width: 200px" | White
| style="width: 200px" | <code>255; 255; 255</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code> 0%; 0%; 0%</code>
|-
| Red
| <code>255; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#FF0000</code>
| <code> 0%; 95%; 94%</code>
|-
| Yellow
| <code>255; 255; 0</code>
| <code>#FFFF00</code>
| <code> 9%; 0%; 93%</code>
|-
| Light green
| <code>161; 195; 45</code>
| <code>#A1C32D</code>
| <code> 46%; 0%; 92%</code>
|-
| Black
| <code> 0; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#000000</code>
| <code>100%; 100%; 100%</code>
|}

On the internet, there are several converters under the search term "''RGB to HEX''" with which you can convert RGB colors to the HEX format or generate the HEX value directly via a color wheel.

== Additional functions ==
For the DMX channel for the color wheel, the following additional functions are available, which are usually on the same DMX channel:
* <code>wheelrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* <code>random</code>: Rotation of the color wheel to random positions

=== Wheelrotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for continuous rotation of the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<range type="cw" mindmx="219" maxdmx="199" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="220" maxdmx="240" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Clockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 219}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 220}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<support dmxchannel="1" name="wheelrotation" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" />
</range>
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* Clockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
* Counterclockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for lowest rotation speed
| DMX value for highest rotation speed
| Minimum rotation speed of the color wheel
| Maximum rotation speed of the color wheel
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
|}

=== Random ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for random color selection
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<random>
<step type="fast" mindmx="241" maxdmx="245" />
<step type="medium" mindmx="246" maxdmx="250" />
<step type="slow" mindmx="251" maxdmx="255" />
</random>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Random color selection from the color wheel on channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Fast color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 241}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 245}}
* Medium speed color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 246}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 250}}
* Slow color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 251}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-generic }}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
|
|
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>fast</code> <code>medium</code> <code>slow</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

= Color temperature =
Color temperature indicates how warm or cool a color should be displayed. Classic PAR spotlights produce a warm white with a color temperature of around 2,700 K. Discharge lamps in moving heads or scanners, on the other hand, have a color temperature between 7,000 K and 8,000 K, resulting in a perceived cold light.

Technically, color temperature is achieved through a filter that is applied in addition to the current color output. This is done either mechanically in the form of a filter disc that is inserted into the light beam. This solution is usually found in all devices that have a white light source such as a discharge lamp or a white LED and produce color mixing subtractively. In devices with additive color mixing, such as RGB, RGBW, RGBWA spotlights, etc., color temperature can also be adjusted electronically. In both cases, however, it is possible to change the color further. The change in color temperature becomes increasingly important the closer the color gets to white, i.e., the center of the color circle.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be edited manually after insertion:
* Color temperature with its own standard value
* Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors}}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The "Color Temperature" function should not be used if white tones are stored in the form of color macros in a device, allowing only either color mixing via the color wheel or the selection of a preset white tone.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Separate DMX channel for color temperature
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Color temperature active only over a part of a DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="255" maxdmx="6"/>
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Deactivation of the color temperature control in the value range {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}. An additional range is inserted in the device control.
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}}.
|-
| Color temperature with its own standard value
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" defaultval="5575" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
In addition to the previous example, the color temperature is set by default to the custom value of {{Manual Value || 5,575 K}} using the additional attribute <code>defaultval</code>.
|-
| Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp>
<amber dmxchannel="0" temp="2400K" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" temp="3600K" />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="2" temp="7000K" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color temperature generated by an automatic mixing ratio of LED colors amber, warm white, and cold white in the range of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} with a temperature value deviating from the standard value for the available LED color temperatures.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} via the amber LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3,600 K}} via the warm white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} via the cold white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | de | range-temp}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
| DMX value for the warmest color temperature
| DMX value for the coolest color temperature
| Warmest color temperature
| Coolest color temperature
| Individual color temperature for an LED
|-
! Mandatory information
| {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{No}}
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
|}

[[de:Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:37:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Color (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Color
| LinkForwards = Radix (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Radix
}}

= Matrix =
== Basic structure ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGB matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with five rows and five columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channels 1 to 3, arranged in the upper left corner.
|-
| RGB matrix with two rows and three columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="2" columns="3">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="3" />
<green dmxchannel="4" />
<blue dmxchannel="5" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="6" />
<green dmxchannel="7" />
<blue dmxchannel="8" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="9" />
<green dmxchannel="10" />
<blue dmxchannel="11" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="12" />
<green dmxchannel="13" />
<blue dmxchannel="14" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="15" />
<green dmxchannel="16" />
<blue dmxchannel="17" />
</rgb>
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rows and three columns, where addressing is manual from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* RGB pixel top left: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixel top middle: DMX channels 4 to 6.
* ...
* RGB pixel bottom right: DMX channels 16 to 18.
|}

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! rows !! columns
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Number of rows of the matrix
| style="width: 175px" | Number of columns of the matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If the matrix is defined as an RGBW matrix, the "White Auto Mix" function of the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3| Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} takes effect. However, in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}, only entries for red, green, and blue continue to be generated.}}

== Additional Attributes ==
The matrix can be further customized with additional attributes:
* '''<code>matrix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>monochrome</code>: Matrix as a monochrome matrix
** <code>rowfirst</code>: Changes the automatic patch order

=== Matrices with RGB+ colors ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGBW matrix with two rows and six columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="2" columns="6" whiteoffset="3" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rows and six columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel of the RGBW matrix on DMX channel 1, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Offset for control channel of the white LED at value <code>3</code>, since LED color is in the fourth position in the control sequence (RGBW LED type).

|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! whiteoffset 
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" | Offset of the white LED

|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| Greater than <code>3</code>

|}


''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''



=== Monochrome matrices ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Monochrome matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" monochrome="true" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with five rows and five columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channel 1, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
|-
| Monochrome matrix with one row and four columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="1" columns="4" monochrome="true" >
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="2" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="3" />
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with one row and four columns, where addressing is manual from left to right:
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
* 1st pixel (left): DMX channel 1.
* 2nd pixel: DMX channel 2.
* 3rd pixel: DMX channel 3.
* 4th pixel (right): DMX channel 4.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! monochrome
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Generating a monochrome matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>true</code>
|}
''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''

[[de:Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:32:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.1
| LinkBackwards = Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Matrix
| LinkForwards = Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Gobo
}}

In a radial matrix (shortly Radix), the controllable pixels are arranged in a circular pattern. Depending on the device's design, either multiple LEDs are grouped together (for example, two half rings) or all LEDs can be addressed individually. For radial matrices, DMXControl 3 provides its own group of {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Effects and Filters DMXC3|effects]]}}. For targeted pixel control, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|control panel window]]}}.

= Radix =
== Basic structure ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGB pixels, automatically patched in sequence
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" />
<ring segments="12" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with 1 pixel: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixels middle ring with 6 pixels: DMX channels 4 to 22.
* RGB pixels outer ring with 12 pixels: DMX channels 23 to 59.
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with two rings and a total of 7 RGB pixels, manually specified pixel positions
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring>
<segment nr="0"/>
</ring>
<ring>
<segment nr="1"/>
<segment nr="3"/>
<segment nr="5"/>
<segment nr="2"/>
<segment nr="4"/>
<segment nr="6"/>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rings, where addressing is automatic based on the pixels:
* RGB pixels inner ring: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixels outer ring: DMX channels 4 to 21.
''Note: Additional rings can be addressed by adding the <code>ring</code> tag with the corresponding <code>segment</code> subtags.''
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGBW pixels, manually specified DMX addresses of the pixels
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="0"/>
<g dmxchannel="1"/>

<w dmxchannel="3"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="4"/>
<g dmxchannel="5"/>

<w dmxchannel="7"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="8"/>
<g dmxchannel="9"/>

<w dmxchannel="11"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="24"/>
<g dmxchannel="25"/>

<w dmxchannel="27"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="28"/>
<g dmxchannel="29"/>

<w dmxchannel="31"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="32"/>
<g dmxchannel="33"/>

<w dmxchannel="35"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="72"/>
<g dmxchannel="73"/>

<w dmxchannel="75"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing of the pixels is manual:
* RGBW pixels inner ring: DMX channels 1 to 4.
* RGBW pixels middle ring: from DMX channel 5, 7 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
* RGB pixels outer ring: from DMX channel 28, 12 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
|}

== Additional attributes ==
The radial matrix can be customized using various attributes. These attributes are assigned either to the parent tag <code>radix</code> or to the <code>ring</code> tags.
* '''<code>radix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>shape</code>: <code>round</code>/<code>honeycomb</code> - Basic arrangement of the pixels
* '''<code>ring</code> (subordinate tag)'''
** <code>angleoffset</code>: Positioning of the first pixel of a ring

=== shape ===
The <code>shape</code> attribute defines the arrangement of the pixels. Currently, two variants are commonly used:
* Round arrangement: The individual pixels actually describe a circle.
* Honeycomb: The rings are arranged more hexagonally.

<gallery widths="280" heights="280" perrow="4">
File:Robe Robin 600E LED Wash.png|LED Wash Moving Head with circularly arranged LEDs (Robe Robin 600E LED Wash)
File:Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom.png|LEDs arranged in a honeycomb pattern (Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom)
</gallery>

=== angleoffset ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| RGB Radix with angular offset between outer two rings, pixels automatically patched in sequence
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" angleoffset="15" />
<ring segments="12" angleoffset="60" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with 1 pixel without angular offset.
* RGB pixels middle ring with 6 pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of 15° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
* RGB pixels outer ring with 12 pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of 60° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
|}

[[de: Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:30:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Radix_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Radial Matrix (Radix)
| LinkForwards = Beam_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Light Beam (Beam)
}}

The syntax elements of the Gobo sub-area are used to control a gobo wheel including its additional functions such as continuous rotation of individual gobos in various directions, positioning at a specific angle (gobo indexing), and using the gobo shake.

= Gobo wheel =
With the help of a gobo, a moving head or scanner projects various figures and motifs into space or onto the dance floor.

The number of gobos for a gobo wheel is effectively unlimited. However, due to technical limitations, only 255 different gobos plus open (no gobo) are possible. A DMX channel can only accept values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}. In total, up to three gobo wheels can be created in a DDF.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variations are not supported by DDFCreator and must be edited manually after insertion:
* Activation of gobo indexing via a separate DMX channel
* Activation and adjustment of the gobo rotation direction via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of rotation speed via the DMX channel for gobo speed
* Activation and adjustment of the continuous rotation direction of the gobo wheel via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the gobo wheel}}

== Basic functions ==
For the gobo wheel, the file name of the gobo icon is always stored in the <code>val</code> attribute. The icons then appear automatically with the icons in the gobo control as well as in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}. The "clear name" of the gobo is entered in the <code>caption</code> attribute, which is also output in the device control. With the help of the gobo icons, the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[HAL DMXC3|Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} of DMXControl 3 automatically selects the gobos from various devices that are most similar. If no gobo icons are stored in the DDF, the DDF can still be used, but automatic selection of the most similar gobos from different devices is not available in this case.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | Due to the age of the DDFCreator, it does not recognize the directory introduced in the meantime {{Manual Filepath|Custom DDFs}} or {{Manual Filepath|User Devices}}. As a result, the icons for the gobos must be inserted manually, for example using '''Notepad++'''<ref>[https://notepad-plus-plus.org/ Official Website] of the free text editor '''Notepad++'''</ref> and the supporting plugin XML-Tools.}}
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | It is permissible to enter the same values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. This is always necessary when the gobo wheel does not have a fixed position for a particular gobo and can be positioned arbitrarily. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
<step type="gobo" val="thinbars.png" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" caption="Gobo 3" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No gobo (open) between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || congostar.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || sunburst.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 3}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || thinbars.png}}.
|-
| Activation of the selection of full gobos via a second DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<support dmxchannel="1" name="gobowheel" >
<step mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</support>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
<step type="gobo" val="thinbars.png" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" caption="Gobo 3" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, if DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}:
* No gobo (open) between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || congostar.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || sunburst.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 3}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || thinbars.png}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-val}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| File name of the icon for the gobo
| Lower DMX value for the gobo
| Upper DMX value for the gobo
| Description of the gobo
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>open</code> <code>gobo</code>
| <code>*.png-files</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

== Additional functions ==
For individual functions of the channel for the gobo wheel, the following additional functions are possible:
* <code>goboindex</code>: Alignment of the gobo at a specific angle, known as gobo indexing
* <code>goborotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the gobo in various directions
* <code>goboshake</code>: Gobo shake, i.e., moving the gobo back and forth at various speeds on the same DMX channel
* <code>wheelrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel

Except for the rotation of the entire gobo wheel, these additional functions can be called in three different ways:
* For the control of the additional functions, one or more separate DMX channels are used.
* The additional functions are on the same DMX channel as the gobo wheel itself.
* Although the control of the functions is also on a separate DMX channel, they are activated depending on a certain value range on the gobo wheel. In this case, the available gobos in the overview are listed multiple times.

=== Gobo indexing ===
Gobo indexing is used to align the gobo at a specific angle or position. Limiting the maximum rotation angle for gobo indexing to 360° is sometimes not sensible in terms of possible effects, which is why the maximum permissible rotation angle is larger.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo indexing
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Positioning / Alignment of the gobo at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo indexing
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<range range="360" handler="goboindex" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2">
<range range="360" handler="goboindex" mindmx="40" maxdmx="47" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel and gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Positioning / Alignment of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}.
* Positioning / Alignment of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo indexing over specific value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<step for="goboindex" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Activation of gobo indexing at a DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}. Positioning / Alignment of the gobo via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo indexing via a separate DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<support dmxchannel="2" name="goboindex" />
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="360" >
<step handler="support-goboindex" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</range>
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, selection of gobo indexing mode via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* Activation of gobo indexing at a DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}. Positioning / Alignment of the gobo via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
| Maximum rotation angle for gobo indexing
| DMX value for the start position
| DMX value for the end position
| Start position of gobo indexing
| End position of gobo indexing
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
|}

=== Gobo rotation ===
With gobo rotation, the gobos of a gobo wheel can be continuously rotated in various directions at different speeds.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo rotation
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="192" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</goborotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* No gobo rotation at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo rotation over specific value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="192" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</goborotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<step for="goborotation" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 23}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Activation of gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* No gobo rotation at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo rotation
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="3" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="4" maxdmx="7" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<range handler="goborotation" type="ccw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="15" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<step handler="goborotation" type="stop" mindmx="16" maxdmx="19" />
<range handler="goborotation" type="cw" mindmx="20" maxdmx="27" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="28" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 2">
<range handler="goborotation" type="ccw" mindmx="32" maxdmx="39" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<step handler="goborotation" type="stop" mindmx="40" maxdmx="43" />
<range handler="goborotation" type="cw" mindmx="44" maxdmx="51" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel and gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 4}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* No gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 44}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 51}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of gobo rotation via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the DMX channel for gobo speed
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<support dmxchannel="2" name="goborotation" />
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="7" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
<range type="cw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="255" minval="0.2" maxval="5" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="255" minval="0.2" maxval="5" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, speed of gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, selection of rotation direction via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 23}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, and a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* No gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, and a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| Minimum speed of the gobo
| Maximum speed of the gobo
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>stop</code> <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
|}

=== Gobo shake ===
Gobo shake must be set up individually for each gobo. This means that first, it must be defined at which DMX values the gobo shake is deactivated. These values usually correspond to the DMX values where the gobo is selected. Second, it must be defined at which DMX values the gobo shake is active. Speeds must also be specified here. The third entry to be added is the element <code><goboshake /></code> itself, which is listed directly as the first subelement for the <code>gobowheel</code> element. This indicates that the gobo shake function lies on the same DMX channel as the actual base function.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo shake
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboshake dmxchannel="1">
<range minval="0.1" maxval="10" mindmx="16" maxdmx="127" />
</goboshake>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo shake on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* No movement of the gobo at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Increasing frequency of gobo shake from {{Manual Value || 0.1 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} to a maximum of {{Manual Value || 10 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo shake
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboshake />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1">
<range handler="goboshake" mindmx="128" maxdmx="135" minval="0.4" maxval="5" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2">
<range handler="goboshake" mindmx="136" maxdmx="143" minval="0.4" maxval="5" />
</step>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel with gobo shake on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No gobo (open) at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}. Activation of gobo shake at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} with frequency {{Manual Value || 0.4 Hz}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 135}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}. Activation of gobo shake at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 136}} with frequency {{Manual Value || 0.4 Hz}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 143}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for minimum gobo shake speed
| DMX value for maximum gobo shake speed
| Minimum gobo shake speed
| Maximum gobo shake speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>goboshake</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>20 Hz</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>20 Hz</code>
|}

=== Wheelrotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Gobowheel rotation on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<range type="cw" mindmx="223" maxdmx="192" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="224" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
</wheelrotation>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Rotation of the gobo wheel clockwise at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 223}}.
* Rotation of the gobo wheel counterclockwise at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 224}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the gobo wheel via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the gobo wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<support dmxchannel="1" name="gobowheelrotation" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-gobowheelrotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-gobowheelrotation" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" />
</range>
</wheelrotation>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel:
* Rotation of the gobo wheel clockwise at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}, when DMX value is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Rotation of the gobo wheel counterclockwise at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}, when DMX value is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| Minimum speed of the gobo wheel
| Maximum speed of the gobo wheel
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
|}

= Links and References =
<references/>

[[de: Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Beam (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:25:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.1
| LinkBackwards = Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Gobo
| LinkForwards = Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Shutter blades
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption|Focus}}, {{Manual Windowcaption|Frost}}, {{Manual Windowcaption|Iris}}, and {{Manual Windowcaption|Zoom}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the group {{Manual Objectcaption|Light beam}} and primarily affect the width of the light beam. The GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}} for this purpose.

= Focus =
The focus function is particularly used for the motorized "sharp focusing" of gobos for moving heads and scanners and can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<focus dmxchannel="0">
<range mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</focus>
</syntaxhighlight>
Focus on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear adjustment of the focus from {{Manual Value || close (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} to {{Manual Value || far (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for close focus
| DMX value for far focus
| Close focus
| Far focus
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | HAL standard
| colspan="3" |
| '''<code>100 %</code>'''
| '''<code>0 %</code>'''
|}

= Frost =
The frost filter can be used to soften a light beam. Some devices have a so-called linear frost filter, where the light beam can be increasingly softened. Other devices, on the other hand, only insert a disk with a frost filter into the light beam.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Linear frost filter
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<frost dmxchannel="0">
<range mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</frost>
</syntaxhighlight>
Frost on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear adjustment of the frost from {{Manual Value || no frost filter (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || fully inserted frost filter (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Simple frost filter
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<frost dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" minval="100" maxval="100" />
</frost>
</syntaxhighlight>
Frost on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* {{Manual Value || No frost filter}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
* {{Manual Value || Frost filter fully inserted}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for no frost filter
| DMX value for frost filter inserted
| No frost
| Frost inserted
|-
! rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>open</code> 
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|
|
|-
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

= Iris =
With the iris, the size or projection range of the light beam can be varied. The iris works in lighting technology just like the iris in a camera. Unlike the zoom, the beam angle does not change with the opening and closing of the iris. With the iris almost closed, only a small portion of the light beam is allowed through the aperture.

The iris function can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<iris dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="128" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</iris>
</syntaxhighlight>
Iris on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear opening of the iris from {{Manual Value || fully open (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || closed or iris fully retracted (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for smallest aperture
| DMX value for largest aperture
| Smallest aperture (closed)
| Largest aperture (open)
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | HAL standard
| colspan="3" |
| '''<code>100 %</code>'''
| '''<code>0 %</code>'''
|}

= Zoom =
The zoom function changes the beam angle / opening angle of the device's light beam. It should not be confused with the iris. The zoom function can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Linear zoom
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<zoom dmxchannel="0" >
<range mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="14" maxval="30" />
</zoom>
</syntaxhighlight>
Zoom on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear reduction of the light beam from {{Manual Value || 30°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 14°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Zoom in multiple fixed steps
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<zoom dmxchannel="0">
<step val="15" mindmx="0" maxdmx="85" />
<step val="20" mindmx="86" maxdmx="171" />
<step val="25" mindmx="172" maxdmx="255" />
</zoom>
</syntaxhighlight>
Zoom with three fixed opening angles on DMX channel 1:
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 15°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 85}}.
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 20°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 86}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 171}}.
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 25°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 172}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top"| Description
|
| DMX value for smallest opening angle
| DMX value for largest opening angle
| Smallest opening angle
| Largest opening angle
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>90°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>90°</code>
|}

[[de: Beam (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:09:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.3.0
| LinkBackwards = Beam (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Light beam
| LinkForwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Effect wheel
}}

Shutter blades are superficially comparable to an iris because both systems sharply define the light beam. However, unlike the iris, shutter blades are mechanically much more complex and require up to eight individually controllable actuators to remotely control the numerous individual blades typically installed in the shutter blade module via DMX. With the help of a shutter blade module, the light beam can be shaped into a precise illumination of objects and scenes, for example, in the form of a triangle or rectangle, such as in theatre productions. For graphical control, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel_DMXC3|Control Panel]]}}.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Blades are retracted via one DMX channel, and the second channel determines the angle
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<blades>
<bladetop dmxchannel="0" />
<bladetopangle dmxchannel="1" pointofrotation="center">
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladetopangle>
<bladeright dmxchannel="2"/>
<bladerightangle dmxchannel="3" pointofrotation="center" >
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladerightangle>
<bladebottom dmxchannel="4" />
<bladebottomangle dmxchannel="5" pointofrotation="center">
<range range="60" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" />
</bladebottomangle>
<bladeleft dmxchannel="6"/>
<bladeleftangle dmxchannel="7" pointofrotation="center" >
<range range="60" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" />
</bladeleftangle>
</blades>
</syntaxhighlight>
Shutter blade module from DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | upper}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | right}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | lower}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 5}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | left}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 7}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 8}}.
|-
| Blades are retracted via two DMX channels, whereby the inclination is realized by a value difference between the corresponding DMX channels
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<blades>
<bladetop dmxchannel="0" />
<bladetop dmxchannel="1" />
<bladeright dmxchannel="2" />
<bladeright dmxchannel="3" />
<bladebottom dmxchannel="4" />
<bladebottom dmxchannel="5" />
<bladeleft dmxchannel="6" />
<bladeleft dmxchannel="8" />
</blades>
</syntaxhighlight>
Shutter blade module from DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | upper}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | right}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} und {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | lower}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 5}} und {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | left}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 7}} und {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 8}}.
|-
| Indexing of the entire shutter blade module
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<blades>
<bladeindex dmxchannel="0">
<range range="90" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladeindex>
</blades>
</syntaxhighlight>
Rotation (indexing) of the entire shutter blade module in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-45°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
|}

[[de: Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Open Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T14:00:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.3.0
| LinkBackwards = Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Stage Effects
}}

With the help of open functions, all functions of a device in DMXControl 3 are mapped, which (currently) cannot be implemented through a native function such as [[Intensity_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Dimmer|Dimmer]], [[Intensity_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Shutter|Strobe]], [[Color_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Color_Wheel|Color Wheel]], or comparable. If a function of a device cannot be represented natively through one of the specific functions such as <code>goborotation</code> for the gobo rotation of a gobo wheel or <code>strobe</code> for the (simply put) flashing of the device, so-called general functions or completely free functions can be defined in the DDF.

= General Functions =
== Index ==
This function can be used, for example, when the lenses of a beam effect device can be positioned at a certain angle.
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For indexing of gobos, the function <code>index</code> should not be used. The slider {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo index}} in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Control Panel DMXC3#Gobo|Gobo]]}} window can only be used via the <code>goboindex</code> function.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<index dmxchannel="0">
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="60" />
</index>
</syntaxhighlight>
Index on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel| 1}}:
* Alignment of the lens or similar at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 60°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | de | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
| Maximum rotation angle for the lens
| DMX value for the start position
| DMX value for the end position
| sStart position of the lens
| End position of the lens
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
|}

== Rotation ==
This function can be used, for example, when the lenses of a beam effect device can be rotated or to control the rotation of a mirror ball motor.
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For rotating gobos, the function <code>rotation</code> should not be used. The slider {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo rotation}} in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Control Panel DMXC3#Gobo|Gobo]]}} window can only be used via the <code>goborotation</code> function.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rotation dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="191" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="190" maxdmx="128" minval="0.05" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.05" maxval="5" />
</rotation>
</syntaxhighlight>
Rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No rotation between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}} and DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}.
* Clockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 190}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| Minimum rotation speed
| Maximum rotation speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>stop</code> 
<code>cw</code> 
<code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
|}

== Cool ==

== Heat ==

= Free Functions =
Since not all functions of a DMX device can be accurately represented, there are elements that can be freely defined. However, these are only output in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}. The advantages of the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3|Hardware Abstraction Layers (HAL)]]}} can also be applied to these freely defined functions.

The following elements are currently available to freely define functions of a DMX device:
* <code>rawstep</code>: Generates a list with options for functions.
* <code>raw</code>: Generates a simple slider.
* <code>const</code>: Constantly sends

a specific DMX value on a DMX channel.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | All the elements mentioned above are completely device-specific. After replacing the device, the HAL cannot automatically apply values stored in {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelists]]}} etc. to the new device. These elements should only be used if mapping the function through a native function is not possible. }}

== rawstep ==
The <code>rawstep</code> element generates a list in the Device Control to select specific functions of the DMX device. Typical use cases include:
* Selection of different operating modes of a DMX device such as direct DMX control, playing automatic programs, activation of music control
* Inserting and removing an animation disc in a moving head
* Switching the mode for pan-tilt movement from the normal, "classic" control mode to endless movement mode

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>rawstep</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The description of each <code>step</code> can be freely chosen. The chosen description does not affect the operation of the HAL.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Mode">
<step caption="DMX" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Auto" mindmx="10" maxdmx="199" />
<step caption="Music" mindmx="200" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Mode" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of DMX mode between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}.
* Activation of automatic mode between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}}.
* Activation of sound-to-light control between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 200}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
| Description of the function
| Minimum DMX value to activate the function
| Maximum DMX value to activate the function
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>Text</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The text for the description must not contain an ampersand (&). Otherwise, the DDF cannot be loaded. }}
== raw ==
The <code>raw</code> element generates a single slider in the Device Control. Typical use cases for this are:
* Control of the playback speed of automatic programs
* Adjustment of microphone sensitivity for sound-to-light control
* Speed and direction for endless movements of moving heads
* Direction and speed for animation discs
* Use for additional motion axes
* Adjustment for effect speeds for color and gobo wheels

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If multiple internal programs of the present device can be selected and their playback speed changed via a DMX channel, these should be implemented using the <code>rawranges</code> element. }}

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>raw</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Speed controller for automatic programs in simplified version
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Macro speed" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Speed" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Speed of the automatic programs increasing from value {{Manual Value || 0}} (lowest speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to value {{Manual Value || 255}} (maximum speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Speed controller for automatic programs with own value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Macro speed" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Speed" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Speed of the automatic programs increasing from {{Manual Value || 0%}} (lowest speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} (maximum speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Template for animation disc
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Animation disk rotation" >
<step type="stop" mindmx="125" maxdmx="130" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="131" maxdmx="255" minval="0.05" maxval="2" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="124" maxdmx="0" minval="-2" maxval="-0.05" />
</raw >
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Rotation Animation Disc" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Animation disc static between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 125}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 130}}.
* Clockwise rotation of the animation disc at {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 131}}, accelerating to {{Manual Value || 2 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation of the animation disc at {{Manual Value || -2 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 124}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || -0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| Minimum DMX value to activate the function
| Maximum DMX value to activate the function
| Minimum value
| Maximum value
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code> <code>stop</code> <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| No restriction
| No restriction
|}

== rawranges ==
The <code>rawranges</code> element generates a slider in the Device Control for multiple different functions with a variable value range. The functions can be selected via the associated, automatically generated dropdown menu. Typical use cases for this are:
* Changing the playback speed of internal programs

For a clear assignment in the Device Control, in addition to the <code>dmxchannel</code> attribute, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must also be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The basic definition does not differ from the <code>raw</code> element, but is only supplemented by the <code>type</code> attribute, in which the description of the respective function on the DMX channel is made.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Selection and playback speed for automatic programs
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rawranges dmxchannel="0" name="Auto show" >
<step type="Off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" />
<range type="Show 1" mindmx="32" maxdmx="63" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 2" mindmx="64" maxdmx="95" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 3" mindmx="96" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 4" mindmx="128" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 5" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</rawranges>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Auto show" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Internal show programs {{Manual Value | Caption | switched off}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}.
* Activation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Show 1}} and setting the speed from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63

}}.
* Activation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Show 2}} and setting the speed from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 64}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 95}}.
* ...
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | de | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| Minimum DMX value for the function
| Maximum DMX value for the function
| Minimum value
| Maximum value
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| Short description of the function
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| No restriction
| No restriction
|}

== const ==
The <code>const</code> element is used whenever a specific DMX value needs to be set permanently on a DMX channel, but otherwise this DMX channel is not used. Examples could include DMX channels where various internal programs of the DMX device are stored but should not be used.

No graphical user interface is provided for the <code>const</code> element. Adjustment of the set DMX value is not possible.

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>const</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The <code>val</code> attribute specifies the DMX value that should be permanently set on this DMX channel.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<const dmxchannel="0" name="Macro Effects" val="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Macro effects on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Permanently set DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}

[[de: Open Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T13:41:15Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Effect Wheel (Effectwheel)
| LinkForwards = Open_Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Free Function (Open function)
}}

Stage effects include fog and wind generated by a fan. Control of these functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Fog =
The fog function controls the intensity of fog output, both in simple fog machines and hazers.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard with continuous increase of fog output
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on channel 1 with linearly increasing intensity.
|-
| Fog output adjustable only in a partial range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" />
<range type="fog" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" minval="50" maxval="100" />
</fog>
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on DMX channel 1:
* No fog output at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Fog output with increasing intensity from 50% at DMX value 32 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|}

= Fan =
The fan function controls the airflow of a fan. This can be either the fan in a hazer or a DMX-controlled wind machine.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| style="width: 200px" | Adjustable fan speed
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fan on DMX channel 1 with increasing speed from 0% at DMX value 0 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|-
| Switched fan
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0">
<step val="false" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<step val="true" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" />
</fan>
</syntaxhighlight>
Switched fan on DMX channel 1:
* Fan off at DMX value between 0 and 127.
* Fan on at DMX value between 128 and 255.
|}

[[de:Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T13:38:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.0
| LinkBackwards = Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Shutter Blades
| LinkForwards = Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Stage Effect
}}

The {{Manual_Windowcaption|Prism}} divides the light beam into additional beams depending on its design. Control of the prism and its functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Prism =
A prism divides the light beam multiple times. This function is commonly found in moving heads and scanners in various configurations, ranging from a simple static prism to multiple prisms with different numbers of facets that can rotate and be positioned.

== Basic Functions ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" val="3-facets radial.png" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="128" maxdmx="191" caption="6-facets linear prism" val="6-facets linear.png" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" caption="8-facets radial prism" val="8-facets radial.png" />
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 63.
* 3-facets radial prism at DMX value between 64 and 127.
* Linear 6-facets prism at DMX value between 128 and 191.
* Radial 8-facets prism at DMX value between 192 and 255.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-val}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| Filename of the prism icon
| Minimum DMX value for the corresponding prism
| Maximum DMX value for the corresponding prism
| Description of the prism
|-
! Required information
| {{Yes}} || {{No}} || {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{Yes}}
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>open</code> <code>prism</code>
| <code>*.png files</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The associated files for the optional icons of the prisms must be stored in the same directory as the icons for the gobos.}}

== Additional Functions ==
For individual functions of the prism channel, the following additional functions are possible:
* <code>prismindex</code>: Positioning of the prism at any angle.
* <code>prismrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the prism in various directions.

These additional functions can be accessed in two different ways:
* For controlling the additional functions, one or more separate DMX channels are used.
* The additional functions are on the same DMX channel as the prism itself.

=== Prism Indexing ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for prism indexing
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</prismindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" />
...
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1, prism indexing on DMX channel 2:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 63 on DMX channel 1.
* Static 3-facets prism at DMX value between 64 and 127 on DMX channel 1.
* Indexing / positioning of the inserted prism at any angle between 0° and 360° at a DMX value between 0 and 127.
|-
| Prism indexing on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismindex />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" caption="3-facets radial prism">
<range range="360" handler="prismindex" mindmx="32" maxdmx="119" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
…
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism with prism indexing on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Positioning of the 3-facets prism at any angle between 0° at DMX value 32 and 360° at DMX value 119.
* Base position of the prism at a DMX value between 120 and 255.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-range}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
| Maximum rotation angle for prism indexing
| DMX value for the start position
| DMX value for the end position
| Start position of the prism indexing
| End position of the prism indexing
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
|}

=== Prism Rotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for prism rotation
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismrotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="191" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="3.0" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="190" maxdmx="128" minval="0.1" maxval="3.0" />
</prismrotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" />
...
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1, prism rotation on DMX channel 2:
* Prism static at DMX value between 191 and 192.
* Prism rotating clockwise at 0.1 1/s at DMX value 193, accelerating up to 3 1/s at DMX value 255.
* Prism rotating counterclockwise at 3 1/s at DMX value 128, decelerating to 0.1 1/s at DMX value 190.
|-
| Prism rotation on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismrotation />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" caption="3-facets radial prism">
<step type="stop" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="120" maxdmx="127" />
<range type="ccw" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.1" maxval="3" />
<range type="cw" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="3" />
</step>
…
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism with prism rotation on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* 3-facets prism at DMX value between 32 and 127, static.
* Prism rotating counterclockwise at 3 1/s at DMX value 128, decelerating to 0.1 1/s at DMX value 191.
* Prism rotating clockwise at 0.1 1/s at DMX value 192, accelerating up to 3 1/s at DMX value 255.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-handler}}
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for the minimum rotation speed of the prism
| DMX value for the maximum rotation speed of the prism
| Minimum rotation speed of the prism
| Maximum rotation speed of the prism
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>prismrotation</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.05 1/s</code> to <code>5 1/s</code>
| <code>0.05 1/s</code> to <code>5 1/s</code>
|}

= Effect Wheel =
The effect wheel combines several different effects on one wheel. These include various prisms, frost filters, or color correction filters that can be combined on a single effect wheel.

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For compatibility reasons, it is recommended to represent prism and frost separately using their standalone functions. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<effectwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="63" caption="3-facets prism" />
<step type="frost" mindmx="64" maxdmx="95" caption="Frost" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="96" maxdmx="103" caption="Macro 1" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="104" maxdmx="111" caption="Macro 2" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="112" maxdmx="119" caption="Macro 3" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="120" maxdmx="127" caption="Macro 4" />
</effectwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Effect wheel on DMX channel 1:
* Effect wheel open between DMX value 0 and 31.
* 3-facets prism inserted between DMX value 32 and 63.
* Frost filter inserted between DMX value 64 and 95.
* Activation of Macros 1 to 4 between DMX value 96 and 127.
|}
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | step-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| Minimum DMX value for activating the function
| Maximum DMX value for activating the function
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>open</code> <code>prism</code> <code>frost</code> <code>macro</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

[[de: Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Template:DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes

2025-03-02T13:11:00Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>{{(!}} class="wikitable toptextcells"
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe10"
{{#ifeq: {{{1}}} | de |
! style="width: 200px {{!}} Attribut {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type !! style="width: 175px {{!}} val
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} range
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} handler
| range-temp =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} mindmx !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxdmx}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| range-generic = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| #default =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} caption
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} temp
| #default =}}
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe11"
}}
{{#ifeq: {{{1}}} | en |
! style="width: 200px {{!}} Attribute {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type !! style="width: 175px {{!}} val
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} range
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} handler
| range-temp =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} mindmx !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxdmx}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| range-generic = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| #default =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} caption
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} temp
| #default =}}
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe11"
}}</includeonly><noinclude><noinclude>
{{Documentation Language reference}}
= Example =
'''Parameter <code>en</code> and <code>range-generic</code>'''
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes | en | range-generic}}
! style="vertical-align:top" | Description
|
| DMX value for low brightness
| DMX value for maximum brightness
| Lowest brightness
| Maximum brightness
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> bis <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> bis <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> bis <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> bis <code>100 %</code>
|}</noinclude>

Template:DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes

2025-03-02T13:05:02Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>{{(!}} class="wikitable toptextcells"
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe10"
{{#ifeq: {{{1}}} | de |
! style="width: 200px {{!}} Attribut {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type !! style="width: 175px {{!}} val
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} range
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} handler
| range-temp =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} mindmx !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxdmx}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| range-generic = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| #default =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} caption
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} temp
| #default =}}
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe11"
}}
{{#ifeq: {{{1}}} | en |
! style="width: 200px {{!}} Attribute {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type !! style="width: 175px {{!}} val
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} range
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} handler
| range-temp =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} mindmx !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxdmx}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}

| range-generic = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} minval !! style="width: 175px {{!}} maxval
| #default =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}
| step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} caption
| range-temp = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} temp
| #default =}}
{{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe11"
}}
}}</includeonly><noinclude><noinclude>
{{Documentation Language reference}}</noinclude>

Template:DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code attributes

2025-03-02T13:00:15Z

Skistner: Created page with "<includeonly>{{(!}} class="wikitable toptextcells" {{!-}} class="hintergrundfarbe10" {{#ifeq: {{{1}}} | de | ! style="width: 200px {{!}} Attribut {{#switch: {{{2}}}  | #default = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type | step-val = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} type !! style="width: 175px {{!}} val | range-range = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} range | range-handler = !! style="width: 175px {{!}} handler | range-temp =}} {{#switch: {{{2}}}  | #defa..."

Introduction (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T12:59:31Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkForwards = Basic structure (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Basic structure of a DDF
}}

The {{Manual Windowcaption|[[DDF_DMXC3|Device Definition File]]}} (DDF for short) is an XML file in which all necessary information for DMXControl 3 is stored to intelligently control a device such as a moving head, scanner, or LED PAR. It tells DMXControl 3, for example, that in the case of an LED PAR, the colors red, green, and blue are on channels 2, 3, and 4, respectively, while dimmer and strobe are on channels 1 and 5. Furthermore, a DDF for DMXControl 3 contains all the information necessary for the GUI to automatically create the typical uniform user interface for all types of DDFs used in DMXControl 3.

= Introduction =
For DMXControl 3 to properly control a connected device with all the features available in DMXControl 3, exactly this information must be stored in the associated project. This information, which functions a device offers, is stored in a DDF. Since these functions vary from device to device, each device requires its own DDF. The second task of the DDF is to use the information in the DDF to automatically display the content of the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Controls]]}} and the functionality of the individual controls for color, gobo, intensity, and possibly other controls. Designing the user interface for the DDFs as in DMXControl 2 is no longer necessary in DMXControl 3.

Whenever the functions of the devices change, a new DDF must be created. This means that the same DDF can be used for 20 identical dimmers (classic PAR cans on dimmer packs), whereas moving heads with different channel assignments (DMX modes<ref>Different number and assignment of DMX channels, adjustable on the device itself</ref>) require separate DDFs. In the latter case, it is important that the DDF matches the selected DMX mode to ensure proper control.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The DDF files for DMXControl 3 have a specific syntax. Using XML files from other applications, especially from DMXControl 2, is not possible. }}

= Storage location =
{|
| valign="top" rowspan="2" | DDFs in DMXControl 3 are fundamentally divided into three categories, each with a different storage location and priority for loading and use in projects due to their definition. Through the icons, it is possible in the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Manager_DMXC3|Add Device]]}} dialog to assign a DDF to a corresponding category.
{{Manual Box | en | Attention | All DDFs delivered by the installer and stored in the directory {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROGRAM DIRECTORY}'''\Kernel\LibDevices\}} are completely overwritten with each update or new installation. Please use the {{Manual_Filepath|UserDevices}} directory for your own DDFs, which you can access via the shortcut {{Manual_MenuText|Own DDFs}} in the Windows Start menu (see Figure 1). }}
| style="width: 25px;" rowspan="2" |
| style="width: 480px;" | {{Picture with subtitle| DMXC3_Manual_Device_Manager_Device_folder.png |1|Shortcut in the Start menu to access the folder for self-created DDFs.|center|480px}}
|-
| {{Picture with subtitle| DMXC3_Manual_Device_Manager_Windows_Explorer_UserDevices.png |2|Own DDFs in the ''UserDevices'' directory.|center|480px}}
|}

== DDF categories ==
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 125px" | Category !! style="width: 50px; text-align: center" | Icon !! style="width: 250px" | Description !! style="width: 500px" | Storage Location !! style="width: 250px" | Priority
|-
! Project DDF
| [[File:DMXC3_Icon_V-Collection_suitcase2.png]]
| Includes all DDFs needed for the proper operation of the current project
| {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROJECT-ZIP}'''\LibDevices}} {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROJECT-ZIP}'''\UserDevices}}
| Highest priority in the current project, not present in new projects
|-
! User DDFs
| style="text-align: center" | [[File:DMXC3_Icon_V-Collection_pawn_blue.png]]
| DDFs created by the user themselves
| {{Manual_Filepath|'''{APPDATA}'''\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\Kernel\UserDevices\}} or custom directory using an environment variable
| Medium priority in the current project, highest priority in new projects
|-
! rowspan="2" | Lib DDFs
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center" | [[File:DMXC3_Icon_V-Collection_earth.png]]
| Standard DDFs supplied by the installer
| {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROGRAM DIRECTORY}'''\Kernel\LibDevices\}}
| rowspan="2" | Lowest priority in the current project, medium priority in new projects
|-
| DDFs downloaded later via the DDF Library
| {{Manual_Filepath|'''{APPDATA}'''\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\Kernel\LibDevices\}}
|}

'''Explanations'''
* {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROJECT-ZIP}'''}} refers to the directories created within the project file. To see the contents of these directories, the project file must be opened with any compression program.
* {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROGRAM DIRECTORY}'''}} refers to the directory where DMXControl 3 is installed. If this was not changed during the installation of DMXControl 3, the path is usually {{Manual_Filepath|C:\Program Files (x86)\DMXControl3\}}
* The directory {{Manual_Filepath|'''{APPDATA}'''}} where various user-defined settings from many programs are stored can be found under the following path, replacing {{Manual_Filepath|'''{USERNAME}'''}} with the name of the current user of the PC: {{Manual_Filepath|C:\Users\'''{USERNAME}'''\AppData\Roaming\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\}}.
'' Additional information on setting an environment variable to move user data to a separate directory can be found in the article {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[System Configuration_DMXC3|System Configuration]]}}.''

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The directory can also be reached as a shortcut by entering the path {{Manual_Filepath|%AppData%\Roaming\DMXControl Projects e.V\DMXControl\}} in the address bar of Windows Explorer. For easier access to the directory, the DMXControl 3 installer also creates a shortcut called '''Own DDFs''' in the Start menu.}}

In all folders {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROGRAM DIRECTORY}'''}}, {{Manual_Filepath|'''{APPDATA}'''}} and also in the {{Manual_Filepath|'''{PROJECT-ZIP}'''}} directory, there are two subdirectories under the {{Manual_Filepath|LibDevices}} and {{Manual_Filepath|UserDevices}} directories:
* {{Manual_Filepath|Images}}: Image for the device's icon in the Stage View, for example, a product image from the manufacturer
* {{Manual_Filepath|Icons}}: Icons for the gobos of the devices
DMXControl 3 searches for the image files from these directories specified in a DDF. The image files themselves are not stored in the DDF. Only references are contained here. Therefore, in addition to the DDF, the image files from both directories must always be copied if you want to use the DDF on another PC for a new project.



'''Footnotes'''
<references/>

[[de:Einführung (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:55:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Effect Wheel (Effectwheel)
| LinkForwards = Open_Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Free Function (Open function)
}}

Stage effects include fog and wind generated by a fan. Control of these functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Fog =
The fog function controls the intensity of fog output, both in simple fog machines and hazers.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard with continuous increase of fog output
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on channel 1 with linearly increasing intensity.
|-
| Fog output adjustable only in a partial range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" />
<range type="fog" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" minval="50" maxval="100" />
</fog>
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on DMX channel 1:
* No fog output at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Fog output with increasing intensity from 50% at DMX value 32 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|}

= Fan =
The fan function controls the airflow of a fan. This can be either the fan in a hazer or a DMX-controlled wind machine.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| style="width: 200px" | Adjustable fan speed
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fan on DMX channel 1 with increasing speed from 0% at DMX value 0 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|-
| Switched fan
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0">
<step val="false" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<step val="true" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" />
</fan>
</syntaxhighlight>
Switched fan on DMX channel 1:
* Fan off at DMX value between 0 and 127.
* Fan on at DMX value between 128 and 255.
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]
[[de:Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]

Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:52:01Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Effect Wheel (Effectwheel)
| LinkForwards = Open_Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Free Function (Open function)
}}

Stage effects include fog and wind generated by a fan. Control of these functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Fog =
The fog function controls the intensity of fog output, both in simple fog machines and hazers.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| style="width: 200px" | Standard with continuous increase of fog output
|style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on channel 1 with linearly increasing intensity.
|-
| Fog output adjustable only in a partial range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" />
<range type="fog" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" minval="50" maxval="100" />
</fog>
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on DMX channel 1:
* No fog output at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Fog output with increasing intensity from 50% at DMX value 32 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|}

= Fan =
The fan function controls the airflow of a fan. This can be either the fan in a hazer or a DMX-controlled wind machine.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| style="width: 200px" | Adjustable fan speed
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fan on DMX channel 1 with increasing speed from 0% at DMX value 0 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Switched fan
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0">
<step val="false" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<step val="true" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" />
</fan>
</syntaxhighlight>
Switched fan on DMX channel 1:
* Fan off at DMX value between 0 and 127.
* Fan on at DMX value between 128 and 255.
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]
[[de:Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]

DDF-Tutorial 4-Spot-Bar DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:49:31Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = DDF-Tutorial LED-Spotlight DMXC3
| TextBackwards = LED-Spotlight
| LinkForwards = DDF-Tutorial Moving Head DMXC3
| TextForwards = Moving Head
}}

[[Image:Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png|thumb|300px]]In the second example, we focus on a 4-LED bar (not a strip), specifically the '''Eurolite KLS-2500'''. This 4-LED bar consists of four individual LED fixtures, all securely mounted on a bar. Each LED fixture can be freely positioned. This example builds partially on the first example for [[DDF-Tutorial_LED-Fixtures|LED fixtures]].

We have chosen this LED bar as an example because, firstly, it uses Penta-color LEDs. This means that each LED chip contains five different colors: red, green, blue, white, and amber. Secondly, this 4-LED bar has different DMX modes. We want to discuss the nuances involved in this example and therefore create DDF files directly for two DMX modes. At the same time, we will revisit parts from the first example.

= Initial Data: the User Manual =
Once again, let's start by examining the user manual. Here, in the "DMX Protocol" chapter, we notice that there are multiple tables detailing channel assignments. In total, there are seven different channel assignments (or DMX modes) possible.

Different channel assignments are usually provided to give you, the user, the choice of whether you want to control each fixture individually like a separate LED PAR fixture akin to example 1, using DMX. This corresponds to the 28-channel mode. The other alternative is to use the 3-channel mode to access the internal programs of the 4-LED bar and adjust brightness and playback speed.

In any case, it's important to note: whichever channel assignment you set on the device, you must add the corresponding DDF to your project in DMXControl 3. DMXControl doesn't know which channel assignment (DMX mode) you have activated on your device.

== Channel Assignments ==
The channel assignments are printed in the user manual as follows. Here, we'll only focus on the two channel assignments for which we will create the DDF files.

'''3-Channel Mode'''
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! DMX Channel !! DMX Value !! Function
|-
|style="width: 10em" rowspan="14" | <code>1</code>
|style="width: 10em"| <code>000 - 009</code>
|style="width: 40em"| No function
|-
| <code>010 - 029</code>
| Program 1
|-
| <code>030 - 049</code>
| Program 2
|-
| <code>050 - 069</code>
| Program 3
|-
| <code>070 - 089</code>
| Program 4
|-
| <code>090 - 109</code>
| Program 5
|-
| <code>110 - 129</code>
| Program 6
|-
| <code>130 - 149</code>
| Program 7
|-
| <code>150 - 169</code>
| Program 8
|-
| <code>170 - 189</code>
| Program 9
|-
| <code>190 - 209</code>
| Program 10
|-
| <code>210 - 229</code>
| Program 11
|-
| <code>230 - 249</code>
| Program 0
|-
| <code>250 - 255</code>
| Music control
|-
| <code>2</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Dimming from 0 – 100%
|-
|rowspan="3"| <code>3</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Program 0-11 execution speed slow → fast or
|-
| <code>000 - 010</code>
| No microphone sensitivity
|-
| <code>011 - 255</code>
| Microphone sensitivity low → high
|}

'''23-Kanal-Modus'''
```
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! DMX Channel !! DMX Value !! Function !!
|-
|style="width: 10em" rowspan="14"| <code>1</code>
|style="width: 10em"| <code>000 - 009</code>
|style="width: 40em"| No function
|style="width: 10em" rowspan="17"|
|-
| <code>010 - 029</code>
| Program 1
|-
| <code>030 - 049</code>
| Program 2
|-
| <code>050 - 069</code>
| Program 3
|-
| <code>070 - 089</code>
| Program 4
|-
| <code>090 - 109</code>
| Program 5
|-
| <code>110 - 129</code>
| Program 6
|-
| <code>130 - 149</code>
| Program 7
|-
| <code>150 - 169</code>
| Program 8
|-
| <code>170 - 189</code>
| Program 9
|-
| <code>190 - 209</code>
| Program 10
|-
| <code>210 - 229</code>
| Program 11
|-
| <code>230 - 249</code>
| Program 0
|-
| <code>250 - 255</code>
| Music control
|-
| <code>2</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Dimming from 0 – 100%
|-
|rowspan="2"| <code>3</code>
| <code>000 - 009</code>
| No function
|-
| <code>010 - 255</code>
| Strobe slow → fast
|-
| <code>4</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Red 0 – 100% or
Execution speed slow → fast (if channel 1 is set to a program)
|rowspan="5"| Spot 1
|-
| <code>5</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Green 0 – 100% or
Fade time fast → slow (if channel 1 is set to a program)
|-
| <code>6</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Blue 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>7</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Amber 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>8</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| White 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>9</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Red 0 – 100%
|rowspan="5"| Spot 2
|-
| <code>10</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Green 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>11</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Blue 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>12</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Amber 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>13</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| White 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>14</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Red 0 – 100%
|rowspan="5"| Spot 3
|-
| <code>15</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Green 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>16</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Blue 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>17</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Amber 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>18</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| White 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>19</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Red 0 – 100%
|rowspan="5"| Spot 4
|-
| <code>20</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Green 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>21</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Blue 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>22</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Amber 0 – 100%
|-
| <code>23</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| White 0 – 100%
|}

== Technical Specifications ==
What was already the case in the first example also applies to our second example. The channel assignment does not indicate the maximum strobe frequency of the LED PAR spotlight.
* Power supply: 100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz ~
* Total power consumption: 190 W
* DMX control channels: 2/3/4/7/20/23/28
* DMX512 connection: 3-pin XLR
* QuickDMX connection: 5-pin XLR
* Music control: via built-in microphone
* Number of LEDs: 28
* LED type: 10-W-PCL (RGBAW)
* Beam angle: 28°
* TV pin: D = 28 mm
* Music control: via built-in microphone
* Maximum ambient temperature Ta: 45°C
* Max. luminaire temperature in steady state TC: 75°C
* Minimum distance to flammable surfaces: 0.50 m
* Minimum distance to illuminated object: 0.10 m
* Fuses: T3.15A/250V mains input, 2 x T5A/250V mains outputs
* Dimensions (LxWxH): 1160 x 60 x 320 mm
* Weight: 12 kg

Unfortunately, with these specifications, we cannot find any information about the maximum strobe frequency. Therefore, there are only two options available at this point to compile all the information for the DDF:
* We estimate the maximum strobe frequency. Note: Values above 25 Hz make no sense, as our eyes can perceive these frequencies only as "on."
* You already have another device where the maximum strobe frequency is known. Place both devices side by side and observe at which DMX value the 4-LED bar has the same strobe frequency as the "reference device." You may need to use mathematical calculations initially to determine the maximum strobe frequency of the 4-LED bar if it can strobe faster than the "reference device."
For now, let's estimate the maximum strobe frequency and take 18 Hz as the value. This value can be corrected later if necessary.

= Programming Part 1: the 3-channel mode =
As with the first example, we open our trusted text editor and create a new XML file. We start with the DDF for the 3-channel mode.
It should be noted at this point that in all following examples, only details that have not already been extensively discussed in the preceding examples will be explained in more detail.

== Basic Part ==
The first line is again:

<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
</source>

In the element with the tag <code>device</code>, only a few details change compared to the first example. The image file is named <code>Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png</code>, and the device has <code>3</code> DMX channels in the current mode.

<source lang="xml">
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="3" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
</source>
 

== Information Part ==
The information part that we created in the first example is completely modified to reflect the details for the 4-LED bar. Special attention is given to the subordinate element <code>mode</code>, which we need for this device for the first time. Here, we provide a brief and clear description of the DMX mode for which we are creating the DDF. In this example, we enter <code>3 channel mode</code>. If we later program the DDFs for the 23-channel mode and only the details in the <code>mode</code> element differ, DMXControl 3 will automatically categorize all DDFs under the LED KLS-2500.
In addition, details about the channel mode are only provided in the <code>mode</code> element. The <code>model</code> element is reserved solely for the designation of the device, so information about channel assignment should not be entered there. Otherwise, the sorting of the individual DMX modes of a device will not work. Therefore, you should also check beforehand in the Device Manager or the DDFLib how the current or a similar device from the same manufacturer is named.

<source lang="xml">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>3 channel mode</mode>
</information>
</source>
 

== Function Part ==
=== Channel for selecting internal programs ===
With the first DMX channel, you call up the internal programs of the 4-LED bar. As you can see from the channel assignment in the user manual, only the selection takes place on this channel. There is no adjustment of the internal programs via this channel. The appropriate element for calling up the individual programs is also the <code>rawstep</code> element. Since no explicit name is given, we name this channel <code>Programs</code>.

<source lang="xml">
<functions>
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Programs">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Program 1" mindmx="10" maxdmx="29" />
<step caption="Program 2" mindmx="30" maxdmx="49" />
<step caption="Program 3" mindmx="50" maxdmx="69" />
<step caption="Program 4" mindmx="70" maxdmx="89" />
<step caption="Program 5" mindmx="90" maxdmx="109" />
<step caption="Program 6" mindmx="110" maxdmx="129" />
<step caption="Program 7" mindmx="130" maxdmx="149" />
<step caption="Program 8" mindmx="150" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Program 9" mindmx="170" maxdmx="189" />
<step caption="Program 10" mindmx="190" maxdmx="209" />
<step caption="Program 11" mindmx="210" maxdmx="229" />
<step caption="Program 0" mindmx="230" maxdmx="249" />
<step caption="Sound-to-light" mindmx="250" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
</source>
 

=== Dimmer Channel ===
The second DMX channel is a simple dimmer channel in the 3-channel mode, used to control the brightness of the internal programs. In the XML code, you write this as follows:

<source lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
</source>
 

=== Channel for Speed of Internal Programs ===
At first glance, the third DMX channel may seem more complicated than it actually is. You can easily represent this DMX channel with a <code>raw</code> element in the DDF, as you only need one slider in both cases. The name of the slider, or the <code>raw</code> element, is <code>Speed</code>.
To ensure that DMXControl 3 displays a slider in the Device Control, the subordinate element of the <code>raw</code> element must be a <code>range</code> element. The behavior of the slider is <code>linear</code>, which is the value for the attribute <code>type</code>. At DMX value <code>0</code>, the speed of the internal programs is at its slowest – for simplicity, let's say at <code>0</code>% here. These are the specifications for the attributes <code>mindmx</code> and <code>minval</code>. The maximum speed of simplified <code>100</code>%` (attribute <code>maxval</code>) is reached at DMX value <code>255</code> (attribute <code>maxdmx</code>).

<source lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="2" name="Speed">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</source>
 

== Procedures ==
In the 3-channel mode, the 4-LED bar does not have any special functions, such as initiating a device reset. Therefore, the Procedures element is completely omitted.
Finally, the `<device>` element must be closed using the end tag `</device>`.

= Programming Part 2: the 23-Channel Mode =
== Background Information to Get Started ==
Although the 23-channel mode is more extensive in terms of the number of DMX channels, if you look closely, you'll notice that Spots 2 to 4 are just copies of the first Spot. This brings us directly to why creating the DDF for the 23-channel mode might seem a bit more complicated at first glance: in the end, we're actually writing two DDFs for the 23-channel mode!

=== Multibeam and Pixel Mapping ===
The reason for this is what has been referred to in some places as "Multibeam" support. Multibeam refers to all devices where you can control more than one light beam per device individually. The devices also look completely different. The "Multibeam" topic is not limited to a specific type of device. Another keyword is "Pixel Mapping," which is also related to the Multibeam topic.
Pixel mapping comes into play when you want to reproduce complex lighting effects on a large number of (usually) identical devices. Instead of manually programming these effects point by point (pixel by pixel), you use videos or animations and simply tell the lighting control which device should display which part of the video or animation. This defining process is called pixel mapping.

Typical devices with multiple light beams that are often included in pixel mapping are:
* 4-LED bars with individually controllable LED fixtures
* LED bars with individually controllable LEDs
* Wash moving heads with LEDs as the light source
* Various lighting effects
* Digital LED strips

<gallery widths="200" heights="200" perrow="4">
File:Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png|4-LED-Bar (Eurolite LED KLS-2500)
File:Ehrgeiz Fusion FS-60 RGB-1.png|LED-Bar (Ehrgeiz Fusion FS-60 RGB-1)
File:Robe Robin 600E LED Wash.png|Wash-Moving Head with LED as Light Source (Robe Robin 600E LED Wash)
File:Eurolite LED SCY-200.png|Light Effect with Multiple Beams (Eurolite LED SCY-200)
</gallery>

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | Alternatively, the DDFs, especially for LED bars and wash-moving-heads with LEDs as the light source, in DMXControl 3 can also be defined as a matrix device. However, the method of control changes fundamentally here, as fanning over individual pixels of a matrix is not provided. How the DDF for the matrix variant looks is described in the article [[DDF-Syntax_Matrix_DMXC3|Matrix (DDF-Syntax DMXControl 3)]].}}

=== Multibeam and DMXControl 3 ===
As mentioned earlier, Multibeam support is not integrated into DMXControl 3 at this time. However, to fully utilize the functionalities of the HAL for Multibeam devices today, you need to create multiple DDFs here. For our 4-LED bar from the current example, there are two DDFs for the 23-channel mode.
The DDFs are divided into two categories:
* '''Control DDF''': This is where all functions that control the entire device are stored. For the 4-LED bar, these include the channel for calling up internal programs, the master dimmer for the entire device, and the strobe function. The Control DDF is present once per device in the project.
* '''Beam DDF''': The Beam DDF includes the functions that apply only to a single spotlight / light beam. In this case, these are the channels for controlling the red, green, blue, amber, and white LEDs. Unlike the Control DDF, you need to add the Beam DDF to your project multiple times – four times in this case, as the 4-LED bar has four spotlights.

== Basic Part ==
'''Control DDF'''
In the Control DDF, the basic part only changes in the number of DMX channels from 3 in the 3-channel mode to <code>5</code> in the Control DDF for the 23-channel mode. The reason we have five DMX channels here is that channels 4 and 5 are assigned differently depending on which function is selected on the first DMX channel. This is expressed in the manual by the note "if channel 1 is set to a program." Consequently, there will later be an overlap of these two DMX channels with the Beam DDF.

<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="5" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
</source>
 

'''Beam DDF'''
The Beam DDF starts with much less explanation: for each LED spotlight, five DMX channels need to be controlled. To distinguish the Beam DDF from the Control DDF better in the Stage View, we modify the icon. The image file is now named <code>Eurolite LED KLS-2500 (Beam).png</code>.

<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500 (Beam).png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="5" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
</source>
 

== Information Part ==
The Information Part differs only slightly for both DDFs. In the subordinate element <code>mode</code></code>, we add appropriate additions so that we always select the correct DDF when adding it.

'''Control-DDF'''
<source lang="xml">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>23 channel mode (Control)</mode>
</information>
</source>
 

'''Beam-DDF'''
<source lang="xml">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>23 channel mode (Beam)</mode>
</information>
</source>
 

== Functional Section ==
In the functional section, we first discuss the Control-DDF. The last section then focuses on the Beam-DDF.

=== DMX Channels 1 and 2 ===
'''Control-DDF'''
When comparing the 3-channel mode with the 23-channel mode, you'll notice that DMX channels 1 and 2 are identical. Therefore, you can copy the XML code exactly into the file for the Control-DDF of the 23-channel mode.

<source lang="xml">
<functions>
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Programs">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Program 1" mindmx="10" maxdmx="29" />
<step caption="Program 2" mindmx="30" maxdmx="49" />
<step caption="Program 3" mindmx="50" maxdmx="69" />
<step caption="Program 4" mindmx="70" maxdmx="89" />
<step caption="Program 5" mindmx="90" maxdmx="109" />
<step caption="Program 6" mindmx="110" maxdmx="129" />
<step caption="Program 7" mindmx="130" maxdmx="149" />
<step caption="Program 8" mindmx="150" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Program 9" mindmx="170" maxdmx="189" />
<step caption="Program 10" mindmx="190" maxdmx="209" />
<step caption="Program 11" mindmx="210" maxdmx="229" />
<step caption="Program 0" mindmx="230" maxdmx="249" />
<step caption="Sound-to-light" mindmx="250" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
</source>
 

=== Strobe Channel ===
'''Control-DDF'''
For the strobe channel, it's important to note that the strobe function is activated on DMX channel 3 only from DMX value 10 onwards. You must convey this information to DMXControl accordingly.
You add another subordinate element to the <code>strobe</code> element, the <code>step</code> element. Here, by using the value <code>open</code> for the <code>type</code> attribute, you indicate that the strobe function is deactivated between DMX values <code>0</code> for <code>mindmx</code> and <code>9</code> for <code>maxdmx</code>, and thus the light is output normally.
Adjust the values for the <code>range</code> element according to the user manual and technical specifications.

<source lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="2">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="18" />
</strobe>
</source>
 

=== Channel for Speed ===
'''Control-DDF'''
The fourth DMX channel corresponds to the third DMX channel of the 3-channel mode, with the only difference being that, according to the user manual, this DMX channel is exclusively used to adjust the speed of the programs. The adjustment of microphone sensitivity is omitted. Also, we ignore that we can control the red LEDs of the first fixture via this DMX channel.
Therefore, you can completely copy the XML code for this DMX channel from the DDF for the 3-channel mode.

<source lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="3" name="Speed">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</source>
 

=== Channel for Fade Time ===
'''Control-DDF'''
Like the fourth DMX channel, the fifth DMX channel is also created as a <code>raw</code> element. We name the DMX channel <code>Fade time</code>. We keep the attributes <code>type</code>, <code>mindmx</code>, and <code>maxdmx</code> the same as for the fourth DMX channel. However, for the <code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code> attributes, we can now consider whether to simply specify a percentage from 0% to 100%. The alternative is to estimate the minimum and maximum fade times, i.e., the time it takes to switch between two colors. We enter these estimated times as values for <code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code>.

<source lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="4" name="Fade time">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</source>
 

Since the fifth DMX channel is the last DMX channel in this DDF, we add the end tag <code></functions></code> to properly close the element.

=== Color Channels ===
'''Beam-DDF'''
In the functional part of the Beam-DDF, we have only one element, as with this element we only need to control the LEDs with their five different colors. The required element for this is the <code>rgb</code> element. Please don't be confused by the fact that the element is called <code>rgb</code> even though we are adding more than three colors to this element. The name refers more to the type of color mixing.
The <code>rgb</code> element consists of several subordinate elements for the individual colors – in the current example, there are five. In the subordinate elements, we first specify the corresponding DMX channels. Further details are usually not required here.

<source lang="xml">
<functions>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="3" />
<white dmxchannel="4" />
</rgb>
</source>
 

At this point, an important note: After adding the device to a project, the white LED is not controlled by default. In the properties of the device, accessible for example via the Stage View, under the entry ''White Automix Mode'', the behavior for each device can be adjusted individually:
* ''None'': No control of the white LED (default setting)
* ''Add white'': All four LEDs at 100% for the white color
* ''Only white'': Only white LEDs at 100% for the white color

Again, it is necessary to close the <code>functions</code> element after defining all DMX channels with the end tag <code></functions></code>.

== Procedures ==
Even in 23-channel mode, the 4-LED bar does not have any special functions, so we do not need any procedures in both DDFs. The element for procedures is completely omitted. As usual, we close the DDFs with the end tag <code></device></code>.

= Result: the finished DDFs =
== 3-Channel Mode ==
The DDF for the 3-channel mode of the Eurolite LED KLS-2500 looks like this:

<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="3" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>3 channel mode</mode>
</information>
<functions>
<functions>
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Programs">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Program 1" mindmx="10" maxdmx="29" />
<step caption="Program 2" mindmx="30" maxdmx="49" />
<step caption="Program 3" mindmx="50" maxdmx="69" />
<step caption="Program 4" mindmx="70" maxdmx="89" />
<step caption="Program 5" mindmx="90" maxdmx="109" />
<step caption="Program 6" mindmx="110" maxdmx="129" />
<step caption="Program 7" mindmx="130" maxdmx="149" />
<step caption="Program 8" mindmx="150" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Program 9" mindmx="170" maxdmx="189" />
<step caption="Program 10" mindmx="190" maxdmx="209" />
<step caption="Program 11" mindmx="210" maxdmx="229" />
<step caption="Program 0" mindmx="230" maxdmx="249" />
<step caption="Sound-to-light" mindmx="250" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<raw dmxchannel="2" name="Speed">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</functions>
</device>
</source>
 

== 23-Channel Mode ==
'''Control-DDF'''
<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="5" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>23 channel mode (Control)</mode>
</information>
<functions>
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Programs">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Program 1" mindmx="10" maxdmx="29" />
<step caption="Program 2" mindmx="30" maxdmx="49" />
<step caption="Program 3" mindmx="50" maxdmx="69" />
<step caption="Program 4" mindmx="70" maxdmx="89" />
<step caption="Program 5" mindmx="90" maxdmx="109" />
<step caption="Program 6" mindmx="110" maxdmx="129" />
<step caption="Program 7" mindmx="130" maxdmx="149" />
<step caption="Program 8" mindmx="150" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Program 9" mindmx="170" maxdmx="189" />
<step caption="Program 10" mindmx="190" maxdmx="209" />
<step caption="Program 11" mindmx="210" maxdmx="229" />
<step caption="Program 0" mindmx="230" maxdmx="249" />
<step caption="Sound-to-light" mindmx="250" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<strobe dmxchannel="2">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="18" />
</strobe>
<raw dmxchannel="3" name="Speed">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</functions>
</device>
</source>
 

'''Beam-DDF'''
<source lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Eurolite LED KLS-2500 (Beam).png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="5" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
<information>
<model>LED KLS-2500</model>
<vendor>Eurolite</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
<mode>23 channel mode (Beam)</mode>
</information>
<functions>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="3" />
<white dmxchannel="4" />
</rgb>
</functions>
</device>
</source>
 

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]
[[Category:Tutorials DMXControl 3]]
[[de:DDF-Tutorial 4er-Bar DMXC3]]

DDF-Tutorial LED-Spotlight DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:47:31Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkForwards = DDF-Tutorial 4-Spot-Bar DMXC3
| TextForwards = 4-Spot-LED-Bar
}}

[[Image:Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W.png|thumb|300px]]In front of us is the '''Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W''', which is also identical in construction to the '''lightmaXX Platinum LED MINI PAR Tri-LED 7x 3 Watt'''. In the following, we will create a DDF for this simple LED PAR fixture with its own dimmer and strobe channel, as well as a DMX channel for macros. The LED PAR fixture thus has six DMX channels.

= Initial Data: User Manual =
Before we start programming the actual DDF, it's always worth taking a look at the user manual. There you will generally find a table listing all DMX channels and their respective functions – in short, the channel assignment.

However, sometimes it's also useful to additionally look at the technical data of your device. Here you'll find information that may not always be apparent from the channel assignment. This includes, for example, the maximum strobe frequency.

== Channel Assignment ==
The table for the channel assignment looks like this for the LED PAR fixture:
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Channel !! Value !! Function
|-
|style="width: 10em"| <code>CH1</code>
|style="width: 10em"| <code>000 - 255</code>
|style="width: 40em"| Master Dimmer (0% - 100%)
|-
| <code>CH2</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Red (0% - 100%)
|-
| <code>CH3</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Green (0% - 100%)
|-
| <code>CH4</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Blue (0% - 100%)
|-
|rowspan="3"| <code>CH5</code>
| <code>000 - 004</code>
| No function
|-
| <code>005 - 084</code>
| Color macro
|-
| <code>170 - 255</code>
| Color fade
|-
| <code>CH6</code>
| <code>000 - 255</code>
| Strobe
|}

== Technical Data ==
As indicated earlier, the channel assignment does not specify the maximum strobe frequency of the LED PAR fixture. Therefore, let's now take a look at the technical data.

'''Control Functions'''
* 6-channel DMX control
* Separate control of colors Red, Green, and Blue

'''Features'''
* 7 powerful TRI-color LEDs (3 W)
* Music control via built-in microphone
* Color change speed and strobe effect controllable via control panel
* Multicolor color change
* Strobe frequency: max. 15 Hz
* Master/Slave functionality
* Robust, compact housing
* Power consumption: 30 W
* Long-life LEDs with particularly long lifespan
* Double bracket

From the technical data, it is evident that the maximum strobe frequency is 15 Hz. With this information gathered, we can now start programming the DDF.

= Programming: XML Code =
First, open a blank file in a text editor of your choice, such as the classic Editor from Windows or Notepad++, and save it directly in the file format *.xml. This has the advantage, especially with Notepad++, that the XML code is automatically colored differently depending on the code type.

== Base Section ==
The first line in a DDF is always:

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

This specifies how this file is to be read by DMXControl and all other programs accessing this file.

After the information about the document standard, the <code>device</code> tag opens the area for the actual information stored in the DDF. The image file for the icon in the Stage View is named <code>Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W.png</code>. The device is a <code>DMXDevice</code> with <code>6</code> DMX channels. The DDF is created for DMXControl 3 with version <code>3.2.3</code> and has so far only been edited once, which is why it is version <code>1.0.0</code>. The specification of version <code>3.2.3</code> specifically has the effect that the DDF can only be used for this and all newer versions of DMXControl 3. If someone wants to use your DDF with DMXControl 3.2.2 instead, this would not be possible.

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<device image="Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="6" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
</syntaxhighlight>

== Information Section ==
In the information section, the designation of the device, in this case <code>LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W</code> provided by the manufacturer <code>Cameo</code>, is stored. This DDF was created by <code>Stefan Kistner</code>. All this information is enclosed by the element <code><information> ... </information></code>.

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<information>
<model>LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W</model>
<vendor>Cameo</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
</information>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

== Function Section ==
The function section is always opened by the <code>functions</code> tag.

=== Dimmer Channel ===
The first DMX channel is the Dimmer channel. The corresponding element is also called <code>dimmer</code>. Since programming always starts counting from 0, the value {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 0}} must be entered for the <code>dmxchannel</code> attribute. At DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, the LED PAR fixture is completely off, meaning {{Manual Value || 0%}} brightness. From this, the value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} for the <code>mindmx</code> attribute and also {{Manual Value || 0}} for <code>minval</code> are derived. The maximum brightness of {{Manual Value || 100%}} is reached by the LED PAR fixture at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}. Consequently, the value for the <code>maxdmx</code> attribute is {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} and for <code>maxval</code> it is {{Manual Value || 100}}. At the beginning of the line, we need to add a fifth attribute named <code>type</code>, which receives the entry <code>linear</code> as its value. This informs the HAL that the <code>range</code> element is a slider where the output values <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> increase in a consistent ratio (hence <code>linear</code>) with the input values (<code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code>).

The XML code section looks like this:

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<functions>
<dimmer dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</dimmer>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

However, it's worth mentioning that this is the cumbersome definition of the dimmer. If the dimmer behaves as described above (0% brightness at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and full brightness at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}), we can use the internal standard definition of the HAL. This simplifies the first part as follows:

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<functions>
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
 

=== Channels for Red, Green, and Blue ===
Since this LED PAR fixture only has red, green, and blue LEDs for color mixing, a simple RGB element is used in the DDF. The DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the red LEDs, DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the green, and DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} controls the blue LEDs.

The <code>rgb</code> element consists of three subordinate elements, <code>red</code>, <code>green</code>, and <code>blue</code> – one element for each color. For the <code>dmxchannel</code> attributes, we enter the values {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="1" />
<green dmxchannel="2" />
<blue dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

=== Macro Channel ===
Through the fifth DMX channel of this LED PAR fixture, we can call various automatic programs.

To best represent this channel in the DDF, we use the <code>rawstep</code> element. With the subordinate elements, the <code>rawstep</code> element creates a selection list in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

For each <code>step</code>, there is a short description stored in the <code>caption</code> attribute. For example, for the first option, it is {{Manual Value | Caption | No function}}. Additionally, there are values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. You can transfer all this information from the user manual.

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rawstep dmxchannel="4" name="Macros">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="4" />
<step caption="Color macro" mindmx="5" maxdmx="84" />
<step caption="Color jump" mindmx="85" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Color fade" mindmx="170" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

=== Strobe Channel ===
The Strobe channel is on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}. The present LED PAR fixture only has a simple strobe function, which is off at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} ({{Manual Value ||0 Hz}}) and continuously speeds up until DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}, reaching a strobe frequency of {{Manual Value || 15 Hz}}. Thus, the values of the attributes <code>mindmx</code>, <code>maxdmx</code>, <code>minval</code>, and <code>maxval</code> are already determined. The value for the <code>type</code> attribute is still open. In the DDF, you must specify <code>linear</code> as the value, since the strobe frequency increases steadily with increasing DMX values.

It is important to mention at this point that the unit (here, Hertz) is not entered. Additionally, for DMXControl 3 to know that you want to adjust the strobe frequency variably, the subordinate element must be a <code>range</code> element.

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="5" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="15" />
</strobe>
</functions>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

Since there are no further functions after the Strobe element, the <code><functions></code> element is closed with the end tag <code></functions></code>.

== Procedures ==
For this simple LED PAR fixture, there are no special functions, such as initiating a reset of the device. Therefore, the element for Procedures is completely omitted.
Finally, the <code><device></code> element must be closed with the end tag <code></device></code>.

= Result: the finished DDF =
The complete DDF for the Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W looks like this:

<syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<device image="Cameo LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W.png" type="DMXDevice" dmxaddresscount="6" dmxcversion="3.2.3" ddfversion="1.0.0">
<information>
<model>LED Mini Tri Par Can 3W</model>
<vendor>Cameo</vendor>
<author>Stefan Kistner</author>
</information>
<functions>
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="1" />
<green dmxchannel="2" />
<blue dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
<rawstep dmxchannel="4" name="Macros">
<step caption="No function" mindmx="0" maxdmx="4" />
<step caption="Color macro" mindmx="5" maxdmx="84" />
<step caption="Color jump" mindmx="85" maxdmx="169" />
<step caption="Color fade" mindmx="170" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
<strobe dmxchannel="5" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="15" />
</strobe>
</functions>
</device>
</syntaxhighlight>
 

= Links and References =
== Links ==
<references/>

[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]
[[Category: Tutorials DMXControl 3]]
[[de: DDF-Tutorial LED-Scheinwerfer DMXC3]]

Procedures examples (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:43:01Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.1.2
| LinkBackwards = Procedures functions (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Functions
}}

The following table shows some examples of predefined as well as custom procedures.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Tag !! Variant !! Code
|-
|style="width: 10em"| <code>reset</code>
|style="width: 10em"| Complete device reset
|style="width: 60em"| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<reset>
<set dmxchannel="0" value="255" />
<hold value="6000" />
<restore dmxchannel="0" />
</reset>
</syntaxhighlight>
Reset
* Set DMX channel 1 to DMX value 255.
* Hold the DMX value for 6000 ms (6 s).
* Restore the original DMX value for DMX channel 1.
|-
| <code>lamp_on</code>
| Turn on lamp
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<lamp_on>
<set dmxchannel="0" value="255" />
<hold value="4000" />
<restore dmxchannel="0" />
</lamp_on>
</syntaxhighlight>
Turn on lamp
* Set DMX channel 1 to DMX value 255.
* Hold the DMX value for 4000 ms (4 s).
* Restore the original DMX value for DMX channel 1.
|-
| <code>lamp_off</code>
| Turn off lamp
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<lamp_off>
<set dmxchannel="0" value="50" />
<hold value="8000" />
<restore dmxchannel="0" />
</lamp_off>
</syntaxhighlight>
Turn off lamp
* Set DMX channel 1 to DMX value 50.
* Hold the DMX value for 8000 ms (8 s).
* Restore the original DMX value for DMX channel 1.
|-
| <code>procedure</code>
| Eco-mode for lamp
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<procedure name="Lamp eco mode">
<set dmxchannel="0" value="170" />
<hold value="4500" />
<restore dmxchannel="0" />
</procedure>
</syntaxhighlight>
Custom procedure named "Eco-mode for lamp"
* Set DMX channel 1 to DMX value 170.
* Hold the DMX value for 4500 ms (4.5 s).
* Restore the original DMX value for DMX channel 1.
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Procedures functions (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:42:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.1.2
| LinkForwards = Procedures examples (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Examples
}}

With the help of Procedures, functions are called that are usually not needed during live operation. Saving these functions in Cues is also not usually necessary. These include, for example, the complete reset of a device or individual motors, the activation or deactivation of pan and tilt inversion, or turning the light source on and off.

These functions are accessed not through Device Control, but in the Stage View via the context menu of the respective device, through the Procedures submenu.

=Structure=
Procedures in DDFs for DMXControl 3 all have the same structure, which usually consists of four elements:
* Name of the function for the associated Procedure
* <code>set</code>: Specifies the DMX channel and the DMX value
* <code>hold</code>: Hold time for the DMX value
* <code>restore</code>: Restoration of the initial state

If the <code>restore</code> element is omitted in a Procedure, the DMX value entered under <code>set</code> remains set.

=Available Procedures=
Currently, the following Procedures are already predefined in DMXControl 3, but Procedures with custom names can also be created. For the most common functions, unique symbols are automatically assigned to the names.
The naming can be freely chosen since Procedures directly address DMX channels with DMX values. It is therefore possible to start a complete device reset with the Procedure for turning on the lamp. However, this approach is not recommended.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Procedure Name
! Description
! Note
|-
|style="width: 10em"| <code>lamp_on</code>
| Turns on the lamp of the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>lamp_off</code>
| Turns off the lamp of the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset</code>
| Triggers a reset on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_pan_tilt</code>
| Triggers a reset of the pan & tilt motors on the corresponding device.
| The device moves to its reference points for pan & tilt.
|-
| <code>reset_pan</code>
| Triggers a reset of the pan motor on the corresponding device.
| The device moves to its reference points for pan.
|-
| <code>reset_tilt</code>
| Triggers a reset of the tilt motor on the corresponding device.
| The device moves to its reference points for tilt.
|-
| <code>reset_gobo</code>
<code>reset_gobowheel</code>
| Triggers a reset of the gobo motor on the corresponding device.
| The gobo wheel moves to its reference points.
|-
| <code>reset_gobo2</code>
<code>reset_gobowheel2</code>
| Triggers a reset of the gobo 2 motor on the corresponding device.
| Gobo wheel 2 moves to its reference points.
|-
| <code>reset_color</code>
<code>reset_colorwheel</code>
| Triggers a reset of the color motor on the corresponding device.
| The color wheel moves to its reference points.
|-
| <code>reset_color2</code>
<code>reset_colorwheel2</code>
| Triggers a reset of the color 2 motor on the corresponding device.
| Color wheel 2 moves to its reference points.
|-
| <code>reset_effects</code>
| Triggers a reset of the built-in effects on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_zoom</code>
| Triggers a reset of the zoom function on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_shutter</code>
| Triggers a reset of the shutter on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_iris</code>
| Triggers a reset of the iris on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_focus</code>
| Triggers a reset of the focus function on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>reset_prism</code>
| Triggers a reset of the prism wheel on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>pan_invert_on</code>
| Inverts the pan channel on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>pan_invert_off</code>
| Disables the inversion of the pan channel on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>tilt_invert_on</code>
| Inverts the tilt channel on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>tilt_invert_off</code>
| Disables the inversion of the tilt channel on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>pan_tilt_swap_on</code>
| Swaps pan and tilt on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>pan_tilt_swap_off</code>
| Disables the swapping of pan and tilt on the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>display_on</code>
| Activates the display of the corresponding device.
|
|-
| <code>display_off</code>
| Deactivates the display of the corresponding device.
|
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Template:DMXC3 Manual-Navigation DDF

2025-03-02T11:40:30Z

Skistner:

<includeonly>{{Nav-Content-Man-3
| hoch = [[DDF DMXC3|Table of contents]]
| teil1 = Basics
| spalte11 =
*[[Introduction (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|General introduction]]
| spalte12 =
*[[Basic structure (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Basic structure]]
| spalte13 =
*[[Basic rules (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Basic rules]]
| teil2 = Functions
| spalte21 =
*[[Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Intensity]]
*[[Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Position]]
*[[Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Color]]
*[[Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Matrix]]
| spalte22 =
*[[Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Radix]]
*[[Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Gobo]]
*[[Beam (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Lens]]
*[[Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Blade Shifter]]
| spalte23 =
*[[Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Effect wheel]]
*[[Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Stage effects]]
*[[Open Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Free Functions]]
| teil3 = Procedures
| spalte31 =
*[[Procedures functions (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Functions]]
| spalte32 =
*[[Procedures examples (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3|Examples]]
| spalte33 =
*
| teil4 = Examples
| spalte41 =
*[[DDF-Tutorial LED-Spotlight DMXC3|LED Spotlight]]
| spalte42 =
*[[DDF-Tutorial 4-Spot-Bar DMXC3|4-Spot-Bar]]
| spalte43 =
*[[DDF-Tutorial Moving Head DMXC3|Moving Head]]
}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{Documentation Language reference}}
= Example =
{{DMXC3 Manual-Navigation DDF
| hoch = [[DDF DMXC3|Table of Contents]]
| forwardLink = Main Page
| forwardText = Text
| backLink = Main Page
| backText = Text
}}</noinclude>

Open Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:38:16Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.3.0
| LinkBackwards = Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Stage Effects
}}

With the help of open functions, all functions of a device in DMXControl 3 are mapped, which (currently) cannot be implemented through a native function such as [[Intensity_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Dimmer|Dimmer]], [[Intensity_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Shutter|Strobe]], [[Color_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3#Color_Wheel|Color Wheel]], or comparable. If a function of a device cannot be represented natively through one of the specific functions such as <code>goborotation</code> for the gobo rotation of a gobo wheel or <code>strobe</code> for the (simply put) flashing of the device, so-called general functions or completely free functions can be defined in the DDF.

= General Functions =
== Index ==
This function can be used, for example, when the lenses of a beam effect device can be positioned at a certain angle.
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For indexing of gobos, the function <code>index</code> should not be used. The slider {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo index}} in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Control Panel DMXC3#Gobo|Gobo]]}} window can only be used via the <code>goboindex</code> function.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<index dmxchannel="0">
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="60" />
</index>
</syntaxhighlight>
Index on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel| 1}}:
* Alignment of the lens or similar at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 60°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! range !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation angle for the lens
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the start position
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the end position
| style="width: 175px" | Start position of the lens
| style="width: 175px" | End position of the lens
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
|}

== Rotation ==
This function can be used, for example, when the lenses of a beam effect device can be rotated or to control the rotation of a mirror ball motor.
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For rotating gobos, the function <code>rotation</code> should not be used. The slider {{Manual Objectcaption|Gobo rotation}} in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Control Panel DMXC3#Gobo|Gobo]]}} window can only be used via the <code>goborotation</code> function.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rotation dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="191" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="190" maxdmx="128" minval="0.05" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.05" maxval="5" />
</rotation>
</syntaxhighlight>
Rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No rotation between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}} and DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}.
* Clockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 190}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 175px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>stop</code> 
<code>cw</code> 
<code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
|}

== Cool ==

== Heat ==

= Free Functions =
Since not all functions of a DMX device can be accurately represented, there are elements that can be freely defined. However, these are only output in the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}. The advantages of the {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3|Hardware Abstraction Layers (HAL)]]}} can also be applied to these freely defined functions.

The following elements are currently available to freely define functions of a DMX device:
* <code>rawstep</code>: Generates a list with options for functions.
* <code>raw</code>: Generates a simple slider.
* <code>const</code>: Constantly sends

a specific DMX value on a DMX channel.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | All the elements mentioned above are completely device-specific. After replacing the device, the HAL cannot automatically apply values stored in {{Manual Windowcaption |[[Cuelist DMXC3|Cuelists]]}} etc. to the new device. These elements should only be used if mapping the function through a native function is not possible. }}

== rawstep ==
The <code>rawstep</code> element generates a list in the Device Control to select specific functions of the DMX device. Typical use cases include:
* Selection of different operating modes of a DMX device such as direct DMX control, playing automatic programs, activation of music control
* Inserting and removing an animation disc in a moving head
* Switching the mode for pan-tilt movement from the normal, "classic" control mode to endless movement mode

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>rawstep</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The description of each <code>step</code> can be freely chosen. The chosen description does not affect the operation of the HAL.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rawstep dmxchannel="0" name="Mode">
<step caption="DMX" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<step caption="Auto" mindmx="10" maxdmx="199" />
<step caption="Music" mindmx="200" maxdmx="255" />
</rawstep>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Mode" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of DMX mode between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}.
* Activation of automatic mode between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}}.
* Activation of sound-to-light control between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 200}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! caption !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Description of the function
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value to activate the function
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value to activate the function
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>Text</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The text for the description must not contain an ampersand (&). Otherwise, the DDF cannot be loaded. }}
== raw ==
The <code>raw</code> element generates a single slider in the Device Control. Typical use cases for this are:
* Control of the playback speed of automatic programs
* Adjustment of microphone sensitivity for sound-to-light control
* Speed and direction for endless movements of moving heads
* Direction and speed for animation discs
* Use for additional motion axes
* Adjustment for effect speeds for color and gobo wheels

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If multiple internal programs of the present device can be selected and their playback speed changed via a DMX channel, these should be implemented using the <code>rawranges</code> element. }}

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>raw</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Speed controller for automatic programs in simplified version
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Macro speed" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Speed" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Speed of the automatic programs increasing from value {{Manual Value || 0}} (lowest speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to value {{Manual Value || 255}} (maximum speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Speed controller for automatic programs with own value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Macro speed" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</raw>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Speed" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Speed of the automatic programs increasing from {{Manual Value || 0%}} (lowest speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} (maximum speed) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Template for animation disc
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<raw dmxchannel="0" name="Animation disk rotation" >
<step type="stop" mindmx="125" maxdmx="130" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="131" maxdmx="255" minval="0.05" maxval="2" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="124" maxdmx="0" minval="-2" maxval="-0.05" />
</raw >
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Rotation Animation Disc" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Animation disc static between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 125}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 130}}.
* Clockwise rotation of the animation disc at {{Manual Value || 0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 131}}, accelerating to {{Manual Value || 2 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation of the animation disc at {{Manual Value || -2 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 124}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || -0.05 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value to activate the function
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value to activate the function
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum value
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum value
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code> 
<code>stop</code> 
<code>cw</code> 
<code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| No restriction
| No restriction
|}

== rawranges ==
The <code>rawranges</code> element generates a slider in the Device Control for multiple different functions with a variable value range. The functions can be selected via the associated, automatically generated dropdown menu. Typical use cases for this are:
* Changing the playback speed of internal programs

For a clear assignment in the Device Control, in addition to the <code>dmxchannel</code> attribute, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must also be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The basic definition does not differ from the <code>raw</code> element, but is only supplemented by the <code>type</code> attribute, in which the description of the respective function on the DMX channel is made.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Selection and playback speed for automatic programs
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rawranges dmxchannel="0" name="Auto show" >
<step type="Off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" />
<range type="Show 1" mindmx="32" maxdmx="63" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 2" mindmx="64" maxdmx="95" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 3" mindmx="96" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 4" mindmx="128" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="100" />
<range type="Show 5" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</rawranges>
</syntaxhighlight>
Freely defined function with the name "Auto show" on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Internal show programs {{Manual Value | Caption | switched off}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}.
* Activation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Show 1}} and setting the speed from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63

}}.
* Activation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Show 2}} and setting the speed from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 64}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 95}}.
* ...
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value for the function
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value for the function
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum value
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum value
|-
!style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| Short description of the function
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| No restriction
| No restriction
|}

== const ==
The <code>const</code> element is used whenever a specific DMX value needs to be set permanently on a DMX channel, but otherwise this DMX channel is not used. Examples could include DMX channels where various internal programs of the DMX device are stored but should not be used.

No graphical user interface is provided for the <code>const</code> element. Adjustment of the set DMX value is not possible.

In contrast to the fixed defined functions, with <code>const</code>, in addition to the DMX channel, a name or a short description of the DMX channel must be specified in the <code>name</code> attribute. The <code>val</code> attribute specifies the DMX value that should be permanently set on this DMX channel.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<const dmxchannel="0" name="Macro Effects" val="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Macro effects on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Permanently set DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}

[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:36:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Effect Wheel (Effectwheel)
| LinkForwards = Open_Function (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Free Function (Open function)
}}

Stage effects include fog and wind generated by a fan. Control of these functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Fog =
The fog function controls the intensity of fog output, both in simple fog machines and hazers.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Standard with continuous increase of fog output
|style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on channel 1 with linearly increasing intensity.
|-
| Fog output adjustable only in a partial range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fog dmxchannel="0">
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" />
<range type="fog" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" minval="50" maxval="100" />
</fog>
</syntaxhighlight>
Fog output on DMX channel 1:
* No fog output at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Fog output with increasing intensity from 50% at DMX value 32 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|}

= Fan =
The fan function controls the airflow of a fan. This can be either the fan in a hazer or a DMX-controlled wind machine.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Adjustable fan speed
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Fan on DMX channel 1 with increasing speed from 0% at DMX value 0 to 100% at DMX value 255.
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Switched fan
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<fan dmxchannel="0">
<step val="false" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<step val="true" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" />
</fan>
</syntaxhighlight>
Switched fan on DMX channel 1:
* Fan off at DMX value between 0 and 127.
* Fan on at DMX value between 128 and 255.
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:34:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.0
| LinkBackwards = Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Shutter Blades
| LinkForwards = Stage Effect (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Stage Effect
}}

The {{Manual_Windowcaption|Prism}} divides the light beam into additional beams depending on its design. Control of the prism and its functions in DMXControl 3 is exclusively through the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|Device Control]]}}.

= Prism =
A prism divides the light beam multiple times. This function is commonly found in moving heads and scanners in various configurations, ranging from a simple static prism to multiple prisms with different numbers of facets that can rotate and be positioned.

== Basic Functions ==
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Standard
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" val="3-facets radial.png" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="128" maxdmx="191" caption="6-facets linear prism" val="6-facets linear.png" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" caption="8-facets radial prism" val="8-facets radial.png" />
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 63.
* 3-facets radial prism at DMX value between 64 and 127.
* Linear 6-facets prism at DMX value between 128 and 191.
* Radial 8-facets prism at DMX value between 192 and 255.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! range !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! caption !! val
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value for the corresponding prism
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value for the corresponding prism
| style="width: 175px" | Description of the prism
| style="width: 175px" | Filename of the prism icon
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>open</code> <code>prism</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
| <code>*.png files</code>
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Optional
| || || || || style="text-align:center" | X
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The associated files for the optional icons of the prisms must be stored in the same directory as the icons for the gobos.}}

== Additional Functions ==
For individual functions of the prism channel, the following additional functions are possible:
* <code>prismindex</code>: Positioning of the prism at any angle.
* <code>prismrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the prism in various directions.

These additional functions can be accessed in two different ways:
* For controlling the additional functions, one or more separate DMX channels are used.
* The additional functions are on the same DMX channel as the prism itself.

=== Prism Indexing ===
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Separate DMX channel for prism indexing
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</prismindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" />
...
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1, prism indexing on DMX channel 2:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 63 on DMX channel 1.
* Static 3-facets prism at DMX value between 64 and 127 on DMX channel 1.
* Indexing / positioning of the inserted prism at any angle between 0° and 360° at a DMX value between 0 and 127.
|-
| Prism indexing on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismindex />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" caption="3-facets radial prism">
<range range="360" handler="prismindex" mindmx="32" maxdmx="119" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
…
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism with prism indexing on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* Positioning of the 3-facets prism at any angle between 0° at DMX value 32 and 360° at DMX value 119.
* Base position of the prism at a DMX value between 120 and 255.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! range !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation angle for prism indexing
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the start position
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the end position
| style="width: 175px" | Start position of the prism indexing
| style="width: 175px" | End position of the prism indexing
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code

>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>360°</code>
|}

=== Prism Rotation ===
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Separate DMX channel for prism rotation
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismrotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="191" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="3.0" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="190" maxdmx="128" minval="0.1" maxval="3.0" />
</prismrotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="63" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="64" maxdmx="127" caption="3-facets radial prism" />
...
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism on DMX channel 1, prism rotation on DMX channel 2:
* Prism static at DMX value between 191 and 192.
* Prism rotating clockwise at 0.1 1/s at DMX value 193, accelerating up to 3 1/s at DMX value 255.
* Prism rotating counterclockwise at 3 1/s at DMX value 128, decelerating to 0.1 1/s at DMX value 190.
|-
| Prism rotation on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<prism dmxchannel="0">
<prismrotation />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="255" caption="3-facets radial prism">
<step type="stop" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="120" maxdmx="127" />
<range type="ccw" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.1" maxval="3" />
<range type="cw" handler="prismrotation" mindmx="192" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="3" />
</step>
…
</prism>
</syntaxhighlight>
Prism with prism rotation on DMX channel 1:
* No prism at DMX value between 0 and 31.
* 3-facets prism at DMX value between 32 and 127, static.
* Prism rotating counterclockwise at 3 1/s at DMX value 128, decelerating to 0.1 1/s at DMX value 191.
* Prism rotating clockwise at 0.1 1/s at DMX value 192, accelerating up to 3 1/s at DMX value 255.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! handler !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the minimum rotation speed of the prism
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the maximum rotation speed of the prism
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum rotation speed of the prism
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation speed of the prism
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>prismrotation</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.05 1/s</code> to <code>5 1/s</code>
| <code>0.05 1/s</code> to <code>5 1/s</code>
|}

= Effect Wheel =
The effect wheel combines several different effects on one wheel. These include various prisms, frost filters, or color correction filters that can be combined on a single effect wheel.

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | For compatibility reasons, it is recommended to represent prism and frost separately using their standalone functions. }}

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Standard
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<effectwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="31" caption="Open" />
<step type="prism" mindmx="32" maxdmx="63" caption="3-facets prism" />
<step type="frost" mindmx="64" maxdmx="95" caption="Frost" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="96" maxdmx="103" caption="Macro 1" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="104" maxdmx="111" caption="Macro 2" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="112" maxdmx="119" caption="Macro 3" />
<step type="macro" mindmx="120" maxdmx="127" caption="Macro 4" />
</effectwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Effect wheel on DMX channel 1:
* Effect wheel open between DMX value 0 and 31.
* 3-facets prism inserted between DMX value 32 and 63.
* Frost filter inserted between DMX value 64 and 95.
* Activation of Macros 1 to 4 between DMX value 96 and 127.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value for activating the function
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value for activating the function
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>open</code> <code>prism</code> <code>frost</code> <code>macro</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:33:01Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.3.0
| LinkBackwards = Beam (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Light beam
| LinkForwards = Effectwheel (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Effect wheel
}}

Shutter blades are superficially comparable to an iris because both systems sharply define the light beam. However, unlike the iris, shutter blades are mechanically much more complex and require up to eight individually controllable actuators to remotely control the numerous individual blades typically installed in the shutter blade module via DMX. With the help of a shutter blade module, the light beam can be shaped into a precise illumination of objects and scenes, for example, in the form of a triangle or rectangle, such as in theatre productions. For graphical control, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel_DMXC3|Control Panel]]}}.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Blades are retracted via one DMX channel, and the second channel determines the angle
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<blades>
<bladetop dmxchannel="0" />
<bladetopangle dmxchannel="1" pointofrotation="center">
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladetopangle>
<bladeright dmxchannel="2"/>
<bladerightangle dmxchannel="3" pointofrotation="center" >
<range range="60" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladerightangle>
<bladebottom dmxchannel="4" />
<bladebottomangle dmxchannel="5" pointofrotation="center">
<range range="60" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" />
</bladebottomangle>
<bladeleft dmxchannel="6"/>
<bladeleftangle dmxchannel="7" pointofrotation="center" >
<range range="60" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" />
</bladeleftangle>
</blades>
</syntaxhighlight>
Shutter blade module from DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | upper}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | right}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | lower}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 5}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 6}}.
* Depth of retraction of the {{Manual Value | Caption | left}} blade via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 7}} and inclination in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-30°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 8}}.
|-
| Indexing of the entire shutter blade module
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<blades>
<bladeindex dmxchannel="0">
<range range="90" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</bladeindex>
</blades>
</syntaxhighlight>
Rotation (indexing) of the entire shutter blade module in a range of {{Manual Value || +/-45°}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
|}

[[de: Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Beam (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:31:46Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.1
| LinkBackwards = Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Gobo
| LinkForwards = Blades (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Shutter blades
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption|Focus}}, {{Manual Windowcaption|Frost}}, {{Manual Windowcaption|Iris}}, and {{Manual Windowcaption|Zoom}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the group {{Manual Objectcaption|Light beam}} and primarily affect the width of the light beam. The GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}} for this purpose.

= Focus =
The focus function is particularly used for the motorized "sharp focusing" of gobos for moving heads and scanners and can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<focus dmxchannel="0">
<range mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</focus>
</syntaxhighlight>
Focus on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear adjustment of the focus from {{Manual Value || close (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} to {{Manual Value || far (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for close focus
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for far focus
| style="width: 175px" | Close focus
| style="width: 175px" | Far focus
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | HAL standard
| colspan="3" |
| '''<code>100 %</code>'''
| '''<code>0 %</code>'''
|}

= Frost =
The frost filter can be used to soften a light beam. Some devices have a so-called linear frost filter, where the light beam can be increasingly softened. Other devices, on the other hand, only insert a disk with a frost filter into the light beam.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Linear frost filter
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<frost dmxchannel="0">
<range mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</frost>
</syntaxhighlight>
Frost on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear adjustment of the frost from {{Manual Value || no frost filter (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || fully inserted frost filter (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Simple frost filter
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<frost dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="128" maxdmx="255" minval="100" maxval="100" />
</frost>
</syntaxhighlight>
Frost on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* {{Manual Value || No frost filter}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
* {{Manual Value || Frost filter fully inserted}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for no frost filter
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for frost filter inserted
| style="width: 175px" | No frost
| style="width: 175px" | Frost inserted
|-
!rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>open</code> 
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|
|
|-
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

= Iris =
With the iris, the size or projection range of the light beam can be varied. The iris works in lighting technology just like the iris in a camera. Unlike the zoom, the beam angle does not change with the opening and closing of the iris. With the iris almost closed, only a small portion of the light beam is allowed through the aperture.

The iris function can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<iris dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="128" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</iris>
</syntaxhighlight>
Iris on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear opening of the iris from {{Manual Value || fully open (0%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || closed or iris fully retracted (100%)}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for smallest aperture
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for largest aperture
| style="width: 175px" | Smallest aperture (closed)
| style="width: 175px" | Largest aperture (open)
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | HAL standard
| colspan="3" |
| '''<code>100 %</code>'''
| '''<code>0 %</code>'''
|}

= Zoom =
The zoom function changes the beam angle / opening angle of the device's light beam. It should not be confused with the iris. The zoom function can be expanded to a resolution of 16 bits by inserting <code>finedmxchannel="1"</code>.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Linear zoom
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<zoom dmxchannel="0" >
<range mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="14" maxval="30" />
</zoom>
</syntaxhighlight>
Zoom on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear reduction of the light beam from {{Manual Value || 30°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 14°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Zoom in multiple fixed steps
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<zoom dmxchannel="0">
<step val="15" mindmx="0" maxdmx="85" />
<step val="20" mindmx="86" maxdmx="171" />
<step val="25" mindmx="172" maxdmx="255" />
</zoom>
</syntaxhighlight>
Zoom with three fixed opening angles on DMX channel 1:
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 15°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 85}}.
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 20°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 86}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 171}}.
* Zoom angle of {{Manual Value || 25°}} at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 172}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for smallest opening angle
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for largest opening angle
| style="width: 175px" | Smallest opening angle
| style="width: 175px" | Largest opening angle
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>90°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>90°</code>
|}

[[de: Beam (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:30:01Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Radix_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Radial Matrix (Radix)
| LinkForwards = Beam_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Light Beam (Beam)
}}

The syntax elements of the Gobo sub-area are used to control a gobo wheel including its additional functions such as continuous rotation of individual gobos in various directions, positioning at a specific angle (gobo indexing), and using the gobo shake.

= Gobo wheel =
With the help of a gobo, a moving head or scanner projects various figures and motifs into space or onto the dance floor.

The number of gobos for a gobo wheel is effectively unlimited. However, due to technical limitations, only 255 different gobos plus open (no gobo) are possible. A DMX channel can only accept values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}. In total, up to three gobo wheels can be created in a DDF.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variations are not supported by DDFCreator and must be edited manually after insertion:
* Activation of gobo indexing via a separate DMX channel
* Activation and adjustment of the gobo rotation direction via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of rotation speed via the DMX channel for gobo speed
* Activation and adjustment of the continuous rotation direction of the gobo wheel via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the gobo wheel}}

== Basic functions ==
For the gobo wheel, the file name of the gobo icon is always stored in the <code>val</code> attribute. The icons then appear automatically with the icons in the gobo control as well as in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}. The "clear name" of the gobo is entered in the <code>caption</code> attribute, which is also output in the device control. With the help of the gobo icons, the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[HAL DMXC3|Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} of DMXControl 3 automatically selects the gobos from various devices that are most similar. If no gobo icons are stored in the DDF, the DDF can still be used, but automatic selection of the most similar gobos from different devices is not available in this case.

{{Manual Box | en | Important | Due to the age of the DDFCreator, it does not recognize the directory introduced in the meantime {{Manual Filepath|Custom DDFs}} or {{Manual Filepath|User Devices}}. As a result, the icons for the gobos must be inserted manually, for example using '''Notepad++'''<ref>[https://notepad-plus-plus.org/ Official Website] of the free text editor '''Notepad++'''</ref> and the supporting plugin XML-Tools.}}
{{Manual Box | en | Hint | It is permissible to enter the same values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. This is always necessary when the gobo wheel does not have a fixed position for a particular gobo and can be positioned arbitrarily. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
<step type="gobo" val="thinbars.png" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" caption="Gobo 3" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No gobo (open) between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || congostar.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || sunburst.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 3}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || thinbars.png}}.
|-
| Activation of the selection of full gobos via a second DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<support dmxchannel="1" name="gobowheel" >
<step mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</support>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
<step type="gobo" val="thinbars.png" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" caption="Gobo 3" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, if DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}:
* No gobo (open) between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || congostar.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || sunburst.png}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 3}} between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}}, file name of the icon is {{Manual Value || thinbars.png}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! val !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! caption
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | File name of the icon for the gobo
| style="width: 175px" | Lower DMX value for the gobo
| style="width: 175px" | Upper DMX value for the gobo
| style="width: 175px" | Description of the gobo
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>open</code> <code>gobo</code>
| <code>*.png-files</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

== Additional functions ==
For individual functions of the channel for the gobo wheel, the following additional functions are possible:
* <code>goboindex</code>: Alignment of the gobo at a specific angle, known as gobo indexing
* <code>goborotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the gobo in various directions
* <code>goboshake</code>: Gobo shake, i.e., moving the gobo back and forth at various speeds on the same DMX channel
* <code>wheelrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel

Except for the rotation of the entire gobo wheel, these additional functions can be called in three different ways:
* For the control of the additional functions, one or more separate DMX channels are used.
* The additional functions are on the same DMX channel as the gobo wheel itself.
* Although the control of the functions is also on a separate DMX channel, they are activated depending on a certain value range on the gobo wheel. In this case, the available gobos in the overview are listed multiple times.

=== Gobo indexing ===
Gobo indexing is used to align the gobo at a specific angle or position. Limiting the maximum rotation angle for gobo indexing to 360° is sometimes not sensible in terms of possible effects, which is why the maximum permissible rotation angle is larger.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo indexing
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Positioning / Alignment of the gobo at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo indexing
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<range range="360" handler="goboindex" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2">
<range range="360" handler="goboindex" mindmx="40" maxdmx="47" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel and gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Positioning / Alignment of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}.
* Positioning / Alignment of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo indexing over specific value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<step for="goboindex" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Activation of gobo indexing at a DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}. Positioning / Alignment of the gobo via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo indexing via a separate DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboindex dmxchannel="1">
<support dmxchannel="2" name="goboindex" />
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="360" >
<step handler="support-goboindex" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</range>
</goboindex>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo indexing on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, selection of gobo indexing mode via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* Activation of gobo indexing at a DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}. Positioning / Alignment of the gobo via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} at an angle between {{Manual Value || 0°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || 360°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! range !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation angle for gobo indexing
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the start position
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the end position
| style="width: 175px" | Start position of gobo indexing
| style="width: 175px" | End position of gobo indexing
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
| <code>0°</code> to <code>720°</code>
|}

=== Gobo rotation ===
With gobo rotation, the gobos of a gobo wheel can be continuously rotated in various directions at different speeds.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo rotation
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="192" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</goborotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* No gobo rotation at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Activation of gobo rotation over specific value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<step type="stop" mindmx="192" maxdmx="192" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="191" maxdmx="128" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="193" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</goborotation>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<step for="goborotation" mindmx="24" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 23}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Activation of gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 24}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* No gobo rotation at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 193}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo rotation
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="3" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="4" maxdmx="7" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1">
<range handler="goborotation" type="ccw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="15" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<step handler="goborotation" type="stop" mindmx="16" maxdmx="19" />
<range handler="goborotation" type="cw" mindmx="20" maxdmx="27" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="28" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 2">
<range handler="goborotation" type="ccw" mindmx="32" maxdmx="39" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
<step handler="goborotation" type="stop" mindmx="40" maxdmx="43" />
<range handler="goborotation" type="cw" mindmx="44" maxdmx="51" minval="0.5" maxval="5" />
</step>
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel and gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 4}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* No gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation of {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 44}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 51}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of gobo rotation via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the DMX channel for gobo speed
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goborotation dmxchannel="1">
<support dmxchannel="2" name="goborotation" />
<step type="stop" mindmx="0" maxdmx="7" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" />
</step>
<range type="cw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="255" minval="0.2" maxval="5" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="8" maxdmx="255" minval="0.2" maxval="5" >
<step handler="support-goborotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="23" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, speed of gobo rotation on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, selection of rotation direction via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* Static gobo at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 23}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}}.
* Clockwise gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, and a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* No gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 7}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Counterclockwise gobo rotation at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, and a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 8}} for {{Manual Value || 0.5 1/s}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} for {{Manual Value || 5 1/s}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum speed of the gobo
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum speed of the gobo
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>stop</code> <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>10 1/s</code>
|}

=== Gobo shake ===
Gobo shake must be set up individually for each gobo. This means that first, it must be defined at which DMX values the gobo shake is deactivated. These values usually correspond to the DMX values where the gobo is selected. Second, it must be defined at which DMX values the gobo shake is active. Speeds must also be specified here. The third entry to be added is the element <code><goboshake /></code> itself, which is listed directly as the first subelement for the <code>gobowheel</code> element. This indicates that the gobo shake function lies on the same DMX channel as the actual base function.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Separate DMX channel for gobo shake
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboshake dmxchannel="1">
<range minval="0.1" maxval="10" mindmx="16" maxdmx="127" />
</goboshake>
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" val="congostar.png" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, gobo shake on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* No movement of the gobo at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Increasing frequency of gobo shake from {{Manual Value || 0.1 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} to a maximum of {{Manual Value || 10 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|-
| Same DMX channel for gobo shake
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<goboshake />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1">
<range handler="goboshake" mindmx="128" maxdmx="135" minval="0.4" maxval="5" />
</step>
<step type="gobo" val="sunburst.png" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" caption="Gobo 2">
<range handler="goboshake" mindmx="136" maxdmx="143" minval="0.4" maxval="5" />
</step>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Gobo wheel with gobo shake on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* No gobo (open) at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 1}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 16}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 31}}. Activation of gobo shake at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 128}} with frequency {{Manual Value || 0.4 Hz}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 135}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Gobo 2}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}}. Activation of gobo shake at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 136}} with frequency {{Manual Value || 0.4 Hz}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 5 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 143}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! handler !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum gobo shake speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum gobo shake speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum gobo shake speed
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum gobo shake speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>goboshake</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>20 Hz</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>20 Hz</code>
|}

=== Wheelrotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Gobowheel rotation on the same DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<range type="cw" mindmx="223" maxdmx="192" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="224" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
</wheelrotation>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Rotation of the gobo wheel clockwise at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 192}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 223}}.
* Rotation of the gobo wheel counterclockwise at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 224}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the gobo wheel via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the gobo wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<gobowheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" caption="Open" />
<step type="gobo" val="congostar.png" mindmx="16" maxdmx="31" caption="Gobo 1" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<support dmxchannel="1" name="gobowheelrotation" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-gobowheelrotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-gobowheelrotation" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" />
</range>
</wheelrotation>
</gobowheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the gobo wheel:
* Rotation of the gobo wheel clockwise at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}, when DMX value is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Rotation of the gobo wheel counterclockwise at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}, when DMX value is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 48}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 63}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum speed of the gobo wheel
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum speed of the gobo wheel
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
|}

= Links and References =
<references/>

[[de: Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:26:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.1
| LinkBackwards = Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Matrix
| LinkForwards = Gobo (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Gobo
}}

In a radial matrix (shortly Radix), the controllable pixels are arranged in a circular pattern. Depending on the device's design, either multiple LEDs are grouped together (for example, two half rings) or all LEDs can be addressed individually. For radial matrices, DMXControl 3 provides its own group of {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Effects and Filters DMXC3|effects]]}}. For targeted pixel control, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|control panel window]]}}.

= Radix =
== Basic structure ==
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGB pixels, automatically patched in sequence
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" />
<ring segments="12" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with 1 pixel: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixels middle ring with 6 pixels: DMX channels 4 to 22.
* RGB pixels outer ring with 12 pixels: DMX channels 23 to 59.
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with two rings and a total of 7 RGB pixels, manually specified pixel positions
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring>
<segment nr="0"/>
</ring>
<ring>
<segment nr="1"/>
<segment nr="3"/>
<segment nr="5"/>
<segment nr="2"/>
<segment nr="4"/>
<segment nr="6"/>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rings, where addressing is automatic based on the pixels:
* RGB pixels inner ring: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixels outer ring: DMX channels 4 to 21.
''Note: Additional rings can be addressed by adding the <code>ring</code> tag with the corresponding <code>segment</code> subtags.''
|-
| Radial matrix (Radix) with three rings and a total of 19 RGBW pixels, manually specified DMX addresses of the pixels
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="0"/>
<g dmxchannel="1"/>

<w dmxchannel="3"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="4"/>
<g dmxchannel="5"/>

<w dmxchannel="7"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="8"/>
<g dmxchannel="9"/>

<w dmxchannel="11"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="24"/>
<g dmxchannel="25"/>

<w dmxchannel="27"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
<ring>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="28"/>
<g dmxchannel="29"/>

<w dmxchannel="31"/>
</rgb>
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="32"/>
<g dmxchannel="33"/>

<w dmxchannel="35"/>
</rgb>
...
<rgb>
<r dmxchannel="72"/>
<g dmxchannel="73"/>

<w dmxchannel="75"/>
</rgb>
</ring>
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing of the pixels is manual:
* RGBW pixels inner ring: DMX channels 1 to 4.
* RGBW pixels middle ring: from DMX channel 5, 7 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
* RGB pixels outer ring: from DMX channel 28, 12 pixels positioned clockwise with the first pixel at 12 o'clock.
|}

== Additional attributes ==
The radial matrix can be customized using various attributes. These attributes are assigned either to the parent tag <code>radix</code> or to the <code>ring</code> tags.
* '''<code>radix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>shape</code>: <code>round</code>/<code>honeycomb</code> - Basic arrangement of the pixels
* '''<code>ring</code> (subordinate tag)'''
** <code>angleoffset</code>: Positioning of the first pixel of a ring

=== shape ===
The <code>shape</code> attribute defines the arrangement of the pixels. Currently, two variants are commonly used:
* Round arrangement: The individual pixels actually describe a circle.
* Honeycomb: The rings are arranged more hexagonally.

<gallery widths="280" heights="280" perrow="4">
File:Robe Robin 600E LED Wash.png|LED Wash Moving Head with circularly arranged LEDs (Robe Robin 600E LED Wash)
File:Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom.png|LEDs arranged in a honeycomb pattern (Futurelight EYE-19 RGBW Zoom)
</gallery>

=== angleoffset ===
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | RGB Radix with angular offset between outer two rings, pixels automatically patched in sequence
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<radix dmxchannel="0">
<ring segments="1" />
<ring segments="6" angleoffset="15" />
<ring segments="12" angleoffset="60" />
</radix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with three rings, where addressing is automatic from inside to outside:
* RGB pixels inner ring with 1 pixel without angular offset.
* RGB pixels middle ring with 6 pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of 15° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
* RGB pixels outer ring with 12 pixels and an angular offset of the first pixel of 60° clockwise (reference point 12 o'clock).
|}

[[de: Radix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:25:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Color (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Color
| LinkForwards = Radix (DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Radix
}}

= Matrix =
== Basic structure ==
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | RGB matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with five rows and five columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channels 1 to 3, arranged in the upper left corner.
|-
| RGB matrix with two rows and three columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="2" columns="3">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="3" />
<green dmxchannel="4" />
<blue dmxchannel="5" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="6" />
<green dmxchannel="7" />
<blue dmxchannel="8" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="9" />
<green dmxchannel="10" />
<blue dmxchannel="11" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="12" />
<green dmxchannel="13" />
<blue dmxchannel="14" />
</rgb>
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="15" />
<green dmxchannel="16" />
<blue dmxchannel="17" />
</rgb>
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rows and three columns, where addressing is manual from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* RGB pixel top left: DMX channels 1 to 3.
* RGB pixel top middle: DMX channels 4 to 6.
* ...
* RGB pixel bottom right: DMX channels 16 to 18.
|}

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! rows !! columns
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Number of rows of the matrix
| style="width: 175px" | Number of columns of the matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
| <code>1</code> to <code>256</code>
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | If the matrix is defined as an RGBW matrix, the "White Auto Mix" function of the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) DMXC3| Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)]]}} takes effect. However, in the {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Device Control DMXC3|Device Control]]}}, only entries for red, green, and blue continue to be generated.}}

== Additional Attributes ==
The matrix can be further customized with additional attributes:
* '''<code>matrix</code> (main tag)'''
** Color offset: Specifies the DMX channels for the RGB+-colors white, amber, etc.
** <code>monochrome</code>: Matrix as a monochrome matrix
** <code>rowfirst</code>: Changes the automatic patch order

=== Matrices with RGB+ colors ===
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | RGBW matrix with two rows and six columns, automatically patched
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" rows="2" columns="6" whiteoffset="3" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with two rows and six columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel of the RGBW matrix on DMX channel 1, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Offset for control channel of the white LED at value <code>3</code>, since LED color is in the fourth position in the control sequence (RGBW LED type).

|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! whiteoffset 
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" | Offset of the white LED

|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| Greater than <code>3</code>

|}


''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''



=== Monochrome matrices ===
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Variant !! Code
|-
| style="width: 200px" | Monochrome matrix with five rows and five columns, automatically patched
| style="width: 1000px" | <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix dmxchannel="0" monochrome="true" rows="5" columns="5"/>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with five rows and five columns, where addressing is automatic from top left to bottom right, row by row:
* First pixel on DMX channel 1, arranged in the upper left corner.
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
|-
| Monochrome matrix with one row and four columns, manually patched
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<matrix rows="1" columns="4" monochrome="true" >
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="1" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="2" />
<dimmer dmxchannel="3" />
</matrix>
</syntaxhighlight>
Matrix with one row and four columns, where addressing is manual from left to right:
* Attribute <code>monochrome</code> with the value <code>true</code> generates a matrix with only one color.
* 1st pixel (left): DMX channel 1.
* 2nd pixel: DMX channel 2.
* 3rd pixel: DMX channel 3.
* 4th pixel (right): DMX channel 4.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! monochrome
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | Generating a monochrome matrix
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible Attribute Value
| <code>true</code>
|}
''For the permissible values of the attributes <code>rows</code> and <code>columns</code>, see the previous section simple matrix.''

[[de:Matrix (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:24:00Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Position_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Position
| LinkForwards = Matrix_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Matrix
}}

{{Manual_Windowcaption|RGB}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|HSV}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|CMY}}, and {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colorwheel}}, as well as {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colortemp}}, are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3 to control the color according to the used color mixing system. All the aforementioned functions are assigned to the group {{Manual_Objectcaption|Color}}. The GUI generates an independent {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Control_Panel_DMXC3|control panel]]}} for controlling, regardless of the color mixing system, and allows for direct selection of fixed colors.

= Color =
A luminaire can generate a color in two ways. For each color mixing system, there are technically different mixing systems, which are assigned in DMXControl 3 as follows:
* additive color mixing: <code>rgb</code>, <code>hsv</code>
* subtractive color mixing: <code>cmy</code>, <code>colorwheel</code>

== RGBx color mixing ==
RGB color mixing is one of the additive color mixtures. Different colors are added during color mixing to achieve the desired mixed color. Therefore, the colors red, green, and blue must each be set to maximum brightness to obtain the color white.
DMXControl 3 currently supports the standard channel colors, which are listed in the table below. Both the spelled-out node names and the abbreviations in XML can be used:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Red
| <code>red</code> || <code>r</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Green
| <code>green</code> || <code>g</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Blue
| <code>blue</code> || <code>b</code> || {{No}}
|-
! White
| <code>white</code> || <code>w</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Warm White
| <code>warmwhite</code> || <code>ww</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Natural White
| <code>naturalwhite</code> || <code>nw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cold White
| <code>coldwhite</code> || <code>cw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Amber / Dark Orange
| <code>amber</code> || <code>a</code> or <code>do</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! UV
| <code>uv</code> || || {{Yes}}
|-
! Indigo / Congo Blue
| <code>indigo</code> || <code>i</code> or <code>cb</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Lime / Light Green
| <code>lime</code> || <code>l</code> or <code>lg</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Mint
| <code>mint</code> || <code>mi</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Red Orange
| <code>redorange</code> || <code>ro</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | DMXControl 3 calculates colors in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>, not in the range of <code>0%</code> to <code>100%</code> or analogously to DMX in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>. Therefore, the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|device control]]}} defaults to showing the values <code>1; 1; 1</code> for white or <code>0; 0; 0</code> for black. So if you need to "clip" the value range to the DMX channels for the colors in a DDF, note the value range from <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Simple RGB spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the red LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the green LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the blue LEDs
|-
| RGB color mixing only on partial ranges of the DMX channels for red, green, and blue
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</red>
<green dmxchannel="1" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</green>
<blue dmxchannel="2" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</blue>
</rgb></syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* No color output (LEDs off) on each DMX channel at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}.
* Dimming of the LEDs on respective DMX channels from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| RGBW spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<white dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| RGBA spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| Spotlight with two different white light LEDs
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red />
<green />
<blue />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="0" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color mixing for spotlights with purely cool white and warm white LEDs on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the cool white LEDs (<code>coldwhite</code>)
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the warm white LEDs (<code>warmwhite</code>)
Since nodes for red, green, and blue are required, they must be specified as shown.
|}

=== Operation of additional LED colors ===
All additional LED colors such as white, amber, UV, etc., which are installed in the device alongside the RGB LEDs, are not initially controlled after adding the device to a project. In the device properties, accessible, for example, via the Stage View, the behavior for each device can be adjusted individually under the entry ''White Automix Mode'':
* ''None'': No control of the white LED (default setting)
* ''Add white'': All four LEDs at 100% for the color white
* ''Only white'': Only white LEDs at 100% for the color white

=== Operating ranges for additional LED colors ===
In DMXControl, the operating ranges for the additional LED colors are predefined in the program but can be adjusted by the user in the respective DDFs. The operating range indicates when the HAL begins to include the color amber, indigo, etc., in the color mixing. These specifications are defined separately for each color using the following four attributes. All four attributes together form a trapezoid in the color spectrum, provided the left and right maximums coincide at a point. In the latter case, a triangle is formed.
* <code>hueLeftBottom</code>: Left zero point of the trapezoid
* <code>hueLeftTop</code>: Left maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightTop</code>: Right maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightBottom</code>: Right zero point of the trapezoid
The default values are noted in the table below. The values of the attributes are given in degrees.
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Color !! hueLeftBottom !! hueLeftTop !! hueRightTop !! hueRightBottom
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | <code>lime</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>60</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>120</code>
|-
! <code>amber</code>
| <code>0</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>60</code>
|-
! <code>cyan</code>
| <code>120</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>240</code>
|-
! <code>indigo</code>
| <code>240</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>300</code>
|}

For the color <code>amber</code>, the complete definition for an RGBA LED spotlight would then be as follows:
 
<syntaxhighlight lang="xml"><rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="4" hueLeftBottom="0" hueLeftTop="60" hueRightTop="60" hueRightBottom="120" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>

== CMY color mixing ==
CMY color mixing is a so-called subtractive color mixing method. Starting from the color white, various color components are subtracted using three disks in the colors cyan, magenta, and yellow to achieve the desired mixed color. The disks are transparent on one side and fully colored on the opposite side.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Magenta
| <code>magenta</code> || <code>m</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Yellow
| <code>yellow</code> || <code>y</code> || {{No}}
|}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Standard CMY Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<cmy>
<cyan dmxchannel="0" />
<magenta dmxchannel="1" />
<yellow dmxchannel="2" />
</cmy>
</syntaxhighlight>
CMY color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the intensity of cyan
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the intensity of magenta
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the intensity of yellow
|}

== HSV color mixing ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| HSV Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<hsv>
<h dmxchannel="0"/>
<s dmxchannel="1"/>
<v dmxchannel="2"/>
</hsv>
</syntaxhighlight>
HSV color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the hue
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the saturation
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the value
|}

= Color wheel =
A color wheel consists of several translucent elements arranged in a circle, colored in different hues. This gives the light beam of a moving head or a scanner "its" color. Depending on the design, half colors are also possible, where the color wheel is always positioned exactly in the middle between two adjacent colors in the light beam.

The number of colors for a color wheel is effectively unlimited. However, due to technical limitations, only 255 different colors plus white are possible. A DMX channel can only accept values between 0 and 255.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be manually edited after insertion:
* Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED spotlights
* Definition of color macros for different shades of white
* Activation of the selection of full colors of the color wheel via a second DMX channel
* Activation and adjustment of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel}}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The so-called split colors, that is, the simultaneous display of two colors directly adjacent on the color wheel, are not yet natively supported by DMXControl 3.}}

== Basic functions ==
There are two ways to define color in the DDF:
* '''Custom Definition''': You work in the <code>val</code> attribute with the hexadecimal code of the corresponding color and name the color in the <code>caption</code> attribute with an individual "clear name". The {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color (Color Control)}} and the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control (Device Control)}} also display this name.
* '''Definition using color list''': There are two subordinate variants.
# '''''Calibrated colors''''': You use the color lists stored in DMXControl 3 according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel, which always lead to the same color output for correspondingly calibrated devices. To do this, you only enter the three-digit number of the color as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute together with a prefix letter as an abbreviation for the color list to be referenced. DMXControl automatically takes over the corresponding name in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}. ''See also the table below for details.''
# '''''White tones''''': To retrieve color macros or presets for white tones stored in the device, you only enter the corresponding color temperature including unit as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute, such as <code>3750K</code>. Based on this input, DMXControl 3 automatically generates the color-graded buttons in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}, and also displays the value of the color temperature in plain text.
In all cases, the buttons with the colors then automatically appear in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! rowspan="2" style="width: 200px" | Color List !! rowspan="2" style="width: 25px" | Abbreviation !! colspan="2" | Example
|-
! style="width: 100px" | Input !! Output in Device Control
|-
| Lee || <code>L</code> || <code>L106</code> || Primary Red
|-
| Chromagel || <code>C</code> || ||
|-
| Supergel || <code>S</code> || ||
|}

It is permissible to enter the same values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. This is always necessary when the color wheel does not have a fixed position for a specific color and can be positioned arbitrarily.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Classic color wheel with color filters for a discharge lamp or a white light LED
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|-
| Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED fixtures
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) via the color macro function between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
|-
| Definition of colors using color lists according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="L106" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="L139" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="L071" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="L174" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="L101" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color Primary Red (LEE number {{Manual Value || 106}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color Primary Green (LEE number {{Manual Value || 139}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color Tokyo Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 071}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* Color Dark Steel Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 174}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* Color Yellow (LEE number {{Manual Value || 101}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Definition of color macros for different shades of white
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="2700K" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="3250K" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="4500K" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="5600K" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="6500K" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} for calling color macros:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2700K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3250K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 4500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 5600K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 6500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Activation of selection of full colors of

the color wheel via a second DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<support dmxchannel="1" name="colorwheel" >
<step mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</support>
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, when DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! val !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! caption
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Color code of the color in HEX format
| style="width: 175px" | Lower DMX value for the color
| style="width: 175px" | Upper DMX value for the color
| style="width: 175px" | Name of the color
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>color</code>
| <code>#000000</code> to <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

The hexadecimal value (HEX value) can be converted from any other color systems. Every two letters result in a decimal value between 0 and 255. Examples for this are:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Name !! RGB value !! HEX value !! CMY
|-
| style="width: 200px" | White
| style="width: 200px" | <code>255; 255; 255</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code> 0%; 0%; 0%</code>
|-
| Red
| <code>255; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#FF0000</code>
| <code> 0%; 95%; 94%</code>
|-
| Yellow
| <code>255; 255; 0</code>
| <code>#FFFF00</code>
| <code> 9%; 0%; 93%</code>
|-
| Light green
| <code>161; 195; 45</code>
| <code>#A1C32D</code>
| <code> 46%; 0%; 92%</code>
|-
| Black
| <code> 0; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#000000</code>
| <code>100%; 100%; 100%</code>
|}

On the internet, there are several converters under the search term "''RGB to HEX''" with which you can convert RGB colors to the HEX format or generate the HEX value directly via a color wheel.

== Additional functions ==
For the DMX channel for the color wheel, the following additional functions are available, which are usually on the same DMX channel:
* <code>wheelrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* <code>random</code>: Rotation of the color wheel to random positions

=== Wheelrotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for continuous rotation of the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<range type="cw" mindmx="219" maxdmx="199" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="220" maxdmx="240" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Clockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 219}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 220}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<support dmxchannel="1" name="wheelrotation" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" />
</range>
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* Clockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
* Counterclockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for lowest rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for highest rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum rotation speed of the color wheel
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation speed of the color wheel
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
|}

=== Random ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for random color selection
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<random>
<step type="fast" mindmx="241" maxdmx="245" />
<step type="medium" mindmx="246" maxdmx="250" />
<step type="slow" mindmx="251" maxdmx="255" />
</random>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Random color selection from the color wheel on channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Fast color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 241}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 245}}
* Medium speed color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 246}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 250}}
* Slow color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 251}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" |
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>fast</code> <code>medium</code> <code>slow</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

= Color temperature =
Color temperature indicates how warm or cool a color should be displayed. Classic PAR spotlights produce a warm white with a color temperature of around 2,700 K. Discharge lamps in moving heads or scanners, on the other hand, have a color temperature between 7,000 K and 8,000 K, resulting in a perceived cold light.

Technically, color temperature is achieved through a filter that is applied in addition to the current color output. This is done either mechanically in the form of a filter disc that is inserted into the light beam. This solution is usually found in all devices that have a white light source such as a discharge lamp or a white LED and produce color mixing subtractively. In devices with additive color mixing, such as RGB, RGBW, RGBWA spotlights, etc., color temperature can also be adjusted electronically. In both cases, however, it is possible to change the color further. The change in color temperature becomes increasingly important the closer the color gets to white, i.e., the center of the color circle.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be edited manually after insertion:
* Color temperature with its own standard value
* Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors}}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The "Color Temperature" function should not be used if white tones are stored in the form of color macros in a device, allowing only either color mixing via the color wheel or the selection of a preset white tone.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Separate DMX channel for color temperature
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Color temperature active only over a part of a DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="255" maxdmx="6"/>
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Deactivation of the color temperature control in the value range {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}. An additional range is inserted in the device control.
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}}.
|-
| Color temperature with its own standard value
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" defaultval="5575" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
In addition to the previous example, the color temperature is set by default to the custom value of {{Manual Value || 5,575 K}} using the additional attribute <code>defaultval</code>.
|-
| Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp>
<amber dmxchannel="0" temp="2400K" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" temp="3600K" />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="2" temp="7000K" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color temperature generated by an automatic mixing ratio of LED colors amber, warm white, and cold white in the range of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} with a temperature value deviating from the standard value for the available LED color temperatures.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} via the amber LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3,600 K}} via the warm white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} via the cold white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval !! temp
|-
! Mandatory specification
| {{Yes}} || {{Yes}}

|| {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{No}}
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the warmest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the coolest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Warmest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Coolest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Individual color temperature for an LED
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
|}

[[de:Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:23:30Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Position_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Position
| LinkForwards = 3Matrix_(DDF-Syntax)_DMXC3
| TextForwards = Matrix
}}

{{Manual_Windowcaption|RGB}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|HSV}}, {{Manual_Windowcaption|CMY}}, and {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colorwheel}}, as well as {{Manual_Windowcaption|Colortemp}}, are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3 to control the color according to the used color mixing system. All the aforementioned functions are assigned to the group {{Manual_Objectcaption|Color}}. The GUI generates an independent {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Control_Panel_DMXC3|control panel]]}} for controlling, regardless of the color mixing system, and allows for direct selection of fixed colors.

= Color =
A luminaire can generate a color in two ways. For each color mixing system, there are technically different mixing systems, which are assigned in DMXControl 3 as follows:
* additive color mixing: <code>rgb</code>, <code>hsv</code>
* subtractive color mixing: <code>cmy</code>, <code>colorwheel</code>

== RGBx color mixing ==
RGB color mixing is one of the additive color mixtures. Different colors are added during color mixing to achieve the desired mixed color. Therefore, the colors red, green, and blue must each be set to maximum brightness to obtain the color white.
DMXControl 3 currently supports the standard channel colors, which are listed in the table below. Both the spelled-out node names and the abbreviations in XML can be used:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Red
| <code>red</code> || <code>r</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Green
| <code>green</code> || <code>g</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Blue
| <code>blue</code> || <code>b</code> || {{No}}
|-
! White
| <code>white</code> || <code>w</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Warm White
| <code>warmwhite</code> || <code>ww</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Natural White
| <code>naturalwhite</code> || <code>nw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cold White
| <code>coldwhite</code> || <code>cw</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Amber / Dark Orange
| <code>amber</code> || <code>a</code> or <code>do</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! UV
| <code>uv</code> || || {{Yes}}
|-
! Indigo / Congo Blue
| <code>indigo</code> || <code>i</code> or <code>cb</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Lime / Light Green
| <code>lime</code> || <code>l</code> or <code>lg</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Mint
| <code>mint</code> || <code>mi</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
! Red Orange
| <code>redorange</code> || <code>ro</code> || {{Yes}}
|-
|}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | DMXControl 3 calculates colors in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>, not in the range of <code>0%</code> to <code>100%</code> or analogously to DMX in the range of <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>. Therefore, the {{Manual_Windowcaption|[[Device_Control_DMXC3|device control]]}} defaults to showing the values <code>1; 1; 1</code> for white or <code>0; 0; 0</code> for black. So if you need to "clip" the value range to the DMX channels for the colors in a DDF, note the value range from <code>0</code> to <code>1</code>. }}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Simple RGB spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the red LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the green LEDs
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the blue LEDs
|-
| RGB color mixing only on partial ranges of the DMX channels for red, green, and blue
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</red>
<green dmxchannel="1" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</green>
<blue dmxchannel="2" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="10" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="1" />
</blue>
</rgb></syntaxhighlight>
RGB color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}:
* No color output (LEDs off) on each DMX channel at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}.
* Dimming of the LEDs on respective DMX channels from {{Manual Value || 0%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} to {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| RGBW spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<white dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| RGBA spotlight
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="3" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
|-
| Spotlight with two different white light LEDs
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<rgb>
<red />
<green />
<blue />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="0" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color mixing for spotlights with purely cool white and warm white LEDs on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the cool white LEDs (<code>coldwhite</code>)
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the warm white LEDs (<code>warmwhite</code>)
Since nodes for red, green, and blue are required, they must be specified as shown.
|}

=== Operation of additional LED colors ===
All additional LED colors such as white, amber, UV, etc., which are installed in the device alongside the RGB LEDs, are not initially controlled after adding the device to a project. In the device properties, accessible, for example, via the Stage View, the behavior for each device can be adjusted individually under the entry ''White Automix Mode'':
* ''None'': No control of the white LED (default setting)
* ''Add white'': All four LEDs at 100% for the color white
* ''Only white'': Only white LEDs at 100% for the color white

=== Operating ranges for additional LED colors ===
In DMXControl, the operating ranges for the additional LED colors are predefined in the program but can be adjusted by the user in the respective DDFs. The operating range indicates when the HAL begins to include the color amber, indigo, etc., in the color mixing. These specifications are defined separately for each color using the following four attributes. All four attributes together form a trapezoid in the color spectrum, provided the left and right maximums coincide at a point. In the latter case, a triangle is formed.
* <code>hueLeftBottom</code>: Left zero point of the trapezoid
* <code>hueLeftTop</code>: Left maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightTop</code>: Right maximum of the trapezoid
* <code>hueRightBottom</code>: Right zero point of the trapezoid
The default values are noted in the table below. The values of the attributes are given in degrees.
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Color !! hueLeftBottom !! hueLeftTop !! hueRightTop !! hueRightBottom
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | <code>lime</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>60</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>90</code>
| style="width: 175px" | <code>120</code>
|-
! <code>amber</code>
| <code>0</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>45</code>
| <code>60</code>
|-
! <code>cyan</code>
| <code>120</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>180</code>
| <code>240</code>
|-
! <code>indigo</code>
| <code>240</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>255</code>
| <code>300</code>
|}

For the color <code>amber</code>, the complete definition for an RGBA LED spotlight would then be as follows:
 
<syntaxhighlight lang="xml"><rgb>
<red dmxchannel="0" />
<green dmxchannel="1" />
<blue dmxchannel="2" />
<amber dmxchannel="4" hueLeftBottom="0" hueLeftTop="60" hueRightTop="60" hueRightBottom="120" />
</rgb>
</syntaxhighlight>

== CMY color mixing ==
CMY color mixing is a so-called subtractive color mixing method. Starting from the color white, various color components are subtracted using three disks in the colors cyan, magenta, and yellow to achieve the desired mixed color. The disks are transparent on one side and fully colored on the opposite side.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! style="width: 200px" | Color !! style="width: 200px" | XML Node Name !! style="width: 200px" | XML Abbreviation !! style="width: 100px" | Optional
|-
! Cyan
| <code>cyan</code> || <code>c</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Magenta
| <code>magenta</code> || <code>m</code> || {{No}}
|-
! Yellow
| <code>yellow</code> || <code>y</code> || {{No}}
|}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Standard CMY Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<cmy>
<cyan dmxchannel="0" />
<magenta dmxchannel="1" />
<yellow dmxchannel="2" />
</cmy>
</syntaxhighlight>
CMY color mixing on channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the intensity of cyan
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the intensity of magenta
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the intensity of yellow
|}

== HSV color mixing ==
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| HSV Color Mixing with 8-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<hsv>
<h dmxchannel="0"/>
<s dmxchannel="1"/>
<v dmxchannel="2"/>
</hsv>
</syntaxhighlight>
HSV color mixing on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}, where the DMX channel
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} controls the hue
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} controls the saturation
* {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} controls the value
|}

= Color wheel =
A color wheel consists of several translucent elements arranged in a circle, colored in different hues. This gives the light beam of a moving head or a scanner "its" color. Depending on the design, half colors are also possible, where the color wheel is always positioned exactly in the middle between two adjacent colors in the light beam.

The number of colors for a color wheel is effectively unlimited. However, due to technical limitations, only 255 different colors plus white are possible. A DMX channel can only accept values between 0 and 255.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be manually edited after insertion:
* Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED spotlights
* Definition of color macros for different shades of white
* Activation of the selection of full colors of the color wheel via a second DMX channel
* Activation and adjustment of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, adjustment of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel}}

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | The so-called split colors, that is, the simultaneous display of two colors directly adjacent on the color wheel, are not yet natively supported by DMXControl 3.}}

== Basic functions ==
There are two ways to define color in the DDF:
* '''Custom Definition''': You work in the <code>val</code> attribute with the hexadecimal code of the corresponding color and name the color in the <code>caption</code> attribute with an individual "clear name". The {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color (Color Control)}} and the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control (Device Control)}} also display this name.
* '''Definition using color list''': There are two subordinate variants.
# '''''Calibrated colors''''': You use the color lists stored in DMXControl 3 according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel, which always lead to the same color output for correspondingly calibrated devices. To do this, you only enter the three-digit number of the color as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute together with a prefix letter as an abbreviation for the color list to be referenced. DMXControl automatically takes over the corresponding name in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}. ''See also the table below for details.''
# '''''White tones''''': To retrieve color macros or presets for white tones stored in the device, you only enter the corresponding color temperature including unit as the value of the <code>val</code> attribute, such as <code>3750K</code>. Based on this input, DMXControl 3 automatically generates the color-graded buttons in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}, and also displays the value of the color temperature in plain text.
In all cases, the buttons with the colors then automatically appear in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Control window for the color}} and in the {{Manual Windowcaption|Device control}}.

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! rowspan="2" style="width: 200px" | Color List !! rowspan="2" style="width: 25px" | Abbreviation !! colspan="2" | Example
|-
! style="width: 100px" | Input !! Output in Device Control
|-
| Lee || <code>L</code> || <code>L106</code> || Primary Red
|-
| Chromagel || <code>C</code> || ||
|-
| Supergel || <code>S</code> || ||
|}

It is permissible to enter the same values for the <code>mindmx</code> and <code>maxdmx</code> attributes. This is always necessary when the color wheel does not have a fixed position for a specific color and can be positioned arbitrarily.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Classic color wheel with color filters for a discharge lamp or a white light LED
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|-
| Virtual color wheel or color macros for LED fixtures
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) via the color macro function between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
|-
| Definition of colors using color lists according to Lee, Chromagel, or Supergel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="L106" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="L139" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="L071" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="L174" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="L101" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color Primary Red (LEE number {{Manual Value || 106}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color Primary Green (LEE number {{Manual Value || 139}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color Tokyo Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 071}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* Color Dark Steel Blue (LEE number {{Manual Value || 174}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* Color Yellow (LEE number {{Manual Value || 101}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Definition of color macros for different shades of white
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="enableRGB" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9"/>
<step type="color" val="2700K" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" />
<step type="color" val="3250K" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" />
<step type="color" val="4500K" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" />
<step type="color" val="5600K" mindmx="40" maxdmx="49" />
<step type="color" val="6500K" mindmx="50" maxdmx="59" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} for calling color macros:
* Activation of color selection via DMX channels for RGB+ between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2700K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3250K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 4500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 5600K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 40}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 49}}
* White with a color temperature of {{Manual Value || 6500K}} between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 50}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 59}}
|-
| Activation of selection of full colors of

the color wheel via a second DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<support dmxchannel="1" name="colorwheel" >
<step mindmx="0" maxdmx="15" />
</support>
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="9" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="10" maxdmx="19" caption="Red" />
<step type="color" val="#79bd7f" mindmx="20" maxdmx="29" caption="Aquamarine" />
<step type="color" val="#018934" mindmx="30" maxdmx="39" caption="Green" />
...
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color wheel on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, when DMX value on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} is between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 15}}:
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | White}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #FFFFFF}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 9}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Red}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #E51E1A}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 10}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 19}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Aquamarine}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #79BD7F}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 20}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 29}}
* Color {{Manual Value | Caption | Green}} (Color code {{Manual Value || #018934}}) between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 30}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 39}}
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! val !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! caption
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Color code of the color in HEX format
| style="width: 175px" | Lower DMX value for the color
| style="width: 175px" | Upper DMX value for the color
| style="width: 175px" | Name of the color
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>color</code>
| <code>#000000</code> to <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>Text</code>
|}

The hexadecimal value (HEX value) can be converted from any other color systems. Every two letters result in a decimal value between 0 and 255. Examples for this are:

{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Name !! RGB value !! HEX value !! CMY
|-
| style="width: 200px" | White
| style="width: 200px" | <code>255; 255; 255</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code>#FFFFFF</code>
| style="width: 200px" | <code> 0%; 0%; 0%</code>
|-
| Red
| <code>255; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#FF0000</code>
| <code> 0%; 95%; 94%</code>
|-
| Yellow
| <code>255; 255; 0</code>
| <code>#FFFF00</code>
| <code> 9%; 0%; 93%</code>
|-
| Light green
| <code>161; 195; 45</code>
| <code>#A1C32D</code>
| <code> 46%; 0%; 92%</code>
|-
| Black
| <code> 0; 0; 0</code>
| <code>#000000</code>
| <code>100%; 100%; 100%</code>
|}

On the internet, there are several converters under the search term "''RGB to HEX''" with which you can convert RGB colors to the HEX format or generate the HEX value directly via a color wheel.

== Additional functions ==
For the DMX channel for the color wheel, the following additional functions are available, which are usually on the same DMX channel:
* <code>wheelrotation</code>: Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* <code>random</code>: Rotation of the color wheel to random positions

=== Wheelrotation ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for continuous rotation of the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<range type="cw" mindmx="219" maxdmx="199" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
<range type="ccw" mindmx="220" maxdmx="240" minval="0.1" maxval="8" />
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel between DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Clockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 199}}, decreasing to {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 219}}.
* Counterclockwise rotation of the color wheel at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 220}}, increasing to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 240}}.
|-
| Activation and setting of the rotation direction of the continuous rotation of the color wheel via a separate DMX channel, setting of the rotation speed via the actual DMX channel for the color wheel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<wheelrotation>
<support dmxchannel="1" name="wheelrotation" />
<range type="cw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="32" maxdmx="47" />
</range>
<range type="ccw" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0.1" maxval="8" >
<step handler="support-wheelrotation" mindmx="48" maxdmx="63" />
</range>
</wheelrotation>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Continuous rotation of the color wheel
* Clockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
* Counterclockwise rotation at {{Manual Value || 0.1 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || 8 1/s}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (DMX channel for color wheel) at a DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 32}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 47}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (support channel).
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for lowest rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for highest rotation speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum rotation speed of the color wheel
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum rotation speed of the color wheel
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>cw</code> <code>ccw</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
| <code>0.01 1/s</code> to <code>15 1/s</code>
|}

=== Random ===
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Same DMX channel for random color selection
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colorwheel dmxchannel="0">
<step type="color" val="#ffffff" mindmx="0" maxdmx="0" caption="White" />
<step type="color" val="#e51e1a" mindmx="15" maxdmx="15" caption="Red" />
...
<random>
<step type="fast" mindmx="241" maxdmx="245" />
<step type="medium" mindmx="246" maxdmx="250" />
<step type="slow" mindmx="251" maxdmx="255" />
</random>
</colorwheel>
</syntaxhighlight>
Random color selection from the color wheel on channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
* Fast color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 241}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 245}}
* Medium speed color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 246}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 250}}
* Slow color change at DMX value between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 251}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" |
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>fast</code> <code>medium</code> <code>slow</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

= Color temperature =
Color temperature indicates how warm or cool a color should be displayed. Classic PAR spotlights produce a warm white with a color temperature of around 2,700 K. Discharge lamps in moving heads or scanners, on the other hand, have a color temperature between 7,000 K and 8,000 K, resulting in a perceived cold light.

Technically, color temperature is achieved through a filter that is applied in addition to the current color output. This is done either mechanically in the form of a filter disc that is inserted into the light beam. This solution is usually found in all devices that have a white light source such as a discharge lamp or a white LED and produce color mixing subtractively. In devices with additive color mixing, such as RGB, RGBW, RGBWA spotlights, etc., color temperature can also be adjusted electronically. In both cases, however, it is possible to change the color further. The change in color temperature becomes increasingly important the closer the color gets to white, i.e., the center of the color circle.

{{Manual Box | en | Attention | The following variants are not supported by the DDFCreator and must be edited manually after insertion:
* Color temperature with its own standard value
* Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors}}

{{Manual Box | en | Important | The "Color Temperature" function should not be used if white tones are stored in the form of color macros in a device, allowing only either color mixing via the color wheel or the selection of a preset white tone.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}

| Separate DMX channel for color temperature
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Color temperature active only over a part of a DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" >
<step type="off" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="255" maxdmx="6"/>
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Color temperature on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Deactivation of the color temperature control in the value range {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}. An additional range is inserted in the device control.
* Color temperature from {{Manual Value || 3,200 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} increasing to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}}.
|-
| Color temperature with its own standard value
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp dmxchannel="0" defaultval="5575" >
<range minval="3200" maxval="7000" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
In addition to the previous example, the color temperature is set by default to the custom value of {{Manual Value || 5,575 K}} using the additional attribute <code>defaultval</code>.
|-
| Virtual color temperature by mixing different LED colors
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<colortemp>
<amber dmxchannel="0" temp="2400K" />
<warmwhite dmxchannel="1" temp="3600K" />
<coldwhite dmxchannel="2" temp="7000K" />
</colortemp>
</syntaxhighlight>
Virtual color temperature generated by an automatic mixing ratio of LED colors amber, warm white, and cold white in the range of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} to {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} with a temperature value deviating from the standard value for the available LED color temperatures.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 2,400 K}} via the amber LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 3,600 K}} via the warm white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* Color temperature of {{Manual Value || 7,000 K}} via the cold white LED on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval !! temp
|-
! Mandatory specification
| {{Yes}} || {{Yes}}

|| {{Yes}} || {{Yes}} || {{No}}
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the warmest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for the coolest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Warmest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Coolest color temperature
| style="width: 175px" | Individual color temperature for an LED
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed attribute value
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
| <code>2500 K</code> to <code>8000 K</code>
|}

[[de:Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category:DDF DMXControl 3]]

Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:22:15Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Intensity
| LinkForwards = Color (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Color
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption|Position}} and {{Manual Windowcaption|Pan-Tilt speed}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the {{Manual Objectcaption|Position}} group and are needed for the movement of a moving head or scanner, i.e., the horizontal and vertical movement of the head or mirror. For positioning a moving head or scanner in space, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption|[[Control Panel DMXC3|Control Panel]]}}.

= Position =
In the {{Manual Windowcaption|Position}} function, the DMX channels for the pan and tilt movement of moving heads and scanners are stored in the DDF.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1">
<range range="540" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="2" finedmxchannel="3">
<range range="240" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan and tilt movement with a resolution of 16 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}, using the DMXControl internal standard definition:
* Pan movement with a total pan range of {{Manual Value || 540°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} (for 8-bit/standard resolution) and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} (for 16-bit/fine resolution), ranging from {{Manual Value || -270°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || +270°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 240°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 3}} (for 8-bit/standard resolution) and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}} (for 16-bit/fine resolution), ranging from {{Manual Value || -120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to {{Manual Value || +120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Positioning the pan and tilt axis only over a subset of the DMX channel
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan dmxchannel="0">
<range range="630" mindmx="0" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="630" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="1">
<range range="360" mindmx="0" maxdmx="191" minval="0" maxval="360" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan and tilt movement with a resolution of 8 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Pan movement with a total pan range of {{Manual Value || 630°}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, with the pan axis at {{Manual Value || -315°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +315°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}.
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 360°}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, with the pan axis at {{Manual Value || -180°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +180°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 191}}.
|-
| Device has only one movement axis
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<position>
<pan>
<range range="0" />
</pan>
<tilt dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1">
<range range="240" />
</tilt>
</position>
</syntaxhighlight>
Device has only one tilt axis with a resolution of 16 bits on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* Tilt movement with a total tilt range of {{Manual Value || 240°}} on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}, with the tilt axis at {{Manual Value || -120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value || +120°}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}

= Pan-Tilt speed =
The Pan-Tilt Speed function determines how fast a moving head or scanner moves during its travels.
{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en}}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<ptspeed dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="255" maxdmx="0" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</ptspeed>
</syntaxhighlight>
Pan-Tilt speed on channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Maximum pan-tilt speed ({{Manual Value || 100%}}) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}}, decreasing to minimum speed ({{Manual Value || 0%}}) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! Description
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum Pan-Tilt speed
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum Pan-Tilt speed
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum Pan-Tilt speed
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum Pan-Tilt speed
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Allowed Attribute Value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

[[de:Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:20:45Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.3
| LinkBackwards = Basic rules (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Basic Rules of DDF Creation
| LinkForwards = Position (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Position
}}

{{Manual Windowcaption| Dimmer}}, {{Manual Windowcaption| Switch}}, {{Manual Windowcaption| Shutter}}, and {{Manual Windowcaption| Strobe}} are functions in the DDFs for DMXControl 3, which are assigned to the group {{Manual Objectcaption| Intensity}} and thereby influence the brightness of a device. For this purpose, the GUI provides a corresponding {{Manual Windowcaption| [[Control Panel DMXC3|control panel]]}}.

= Dimmer =
The dimmer channel controls the brightness of a device. LED PAR spotlights or moving heads usually have only one dimmer channel. Depending on the configuration, resolutions ranging from the standard resolution of 8 bits to finer resolutions up to 32 bits are possible. For this purpose, the element is expanded to <code><dimmer dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1" ultraddmxchannel="2" ultrafinedmxchannel="3" /></code>. DMXControl automatically handles the corresponding calculation of which DMX channel to control.

{{Manual Box | en | Hint | Unlike LED PARs, scanners, or moving heads, dimmer packs have multiple dimmer channels. However, it is not necessary to map the dimmer pack with its four, six, or twelve dimmer channels itself. It is more helpful and easier to add the connected halogen PAR spotlights to the project accordingly.}}

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} with a standard linear dimming behavior from {{Manual Value || 0%}} brightness (off) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to maximum brightness of {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|-
| Dimmer with 16-bit resolution
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0" finedmxchannel="1" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer with 16-bit resolutions on DMX channels {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} and {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}
|-
| Simple dimmer in a specific DMX value range
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<dimmer dmxchannel="0">
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="127" minval="0" maxval="100" />
</dimmer>
</syntaxhighlight>
Dimmer on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Linear dimming behavior from {{Manual Value || 0%}} brightness (off) at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} to maximum brightness of {{Manual Value || 100%}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 127}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for low brightness
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum brightness
| style="width: 175px" | Lowest brightness
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum brightness
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
| <code>0 %</code> to <code>100 %</code>
|}

= Switch =
The function <code>switch</code> is used whenever only two states need to be toggled, for example, the state "work light on" and the state "work light off".

Apart from the DMX channel, no further information needs to be provided for this element. DMXControl 3 automatically outputs a DMX value of {{Manual Value || 0}} for brightness values less than {{Manual Value || 50%}} and a DMX value of {{Manual Value || 255}} for brightness values above {{Manual Value || 50%}}.

It is recommended to use this function only with a switch pack. For activating another operating mode, such as sound-to-light control, the <code>rawstep</code> element is better suited.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<switch dmxchannel="0" />
</syntaxhighlight>
Switch on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}
|}

= Shutter =
The shutter is usually found in moving heads or scanners with a discharge lamp. Mechanical shutters are inserted into the light beam when the device should not emit light. Additionally, the strobe effect is generated via the shutter. For moving heads or scanners with LEDs as a light source, this behavior is simulated electronically.

Usually, several functions need to be assigned to the shutter channel, but at least the functions "shutter closed" and "shutter open".

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<shutter dmxchannel="0">
<step type="closed" mindmx="0" maxdmx="21" />
<step type="open" mindmx="234" maxdmx="255" />
</shutter>
</syntaxhighlight>
Shutter on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* Shutter {{Manual Value || closed}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 21}}.
* Shutter {{Manual Value || open}} at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 234}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top"| Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Lower DMX value for the state
| style="width: 175px" | Upper DMX value for the state
|-
! style="vertical-align:top"| Permissible attribute value
| <code>closed</code> <code>open</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code

>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

= Strobe =
== Basic functions ==
Various functions such as different strobe effects can be assigned to the strobe channel. The following strobe effects are common:
* <code>linear</code>: Strobe frequency steadily increases to almost continuous lighting
* <code>pulse</code>: Pulsating strobe effect
* <code>random</code>: Flashes occur at random intervals with increasing intensity
* <code>ramp up</code>: Flashes become brighter up to the maximum value and then go out abruptly
* <code>spikes</code>: Individual flashes are generated

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="89" minval="1" maxval="12" />
<range type="pulse" mindmx="90" maxdmx="172" minval="0.5" maxval="6" />
<range type="random" mindmx="173" maxdmx="255" minval="1" maxval="12" />
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe with speed increasing from {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}} at DMX value {{Manual Value | DMX value | 89}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Pulsating}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 90}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 172}} with a speed of {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 6 Hz}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Random}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 173}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with a speed of {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for minimum strobe frequency
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for maximum strobe frequency
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum strobe frequency
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum strobe frequency
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code> <code>pulse</code> <code>random</code> <code>ramp up</code> <code>ramp down</code> <code>ramp up/down</code> <code>lightning</code> <code>spikes</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>50 Hz</code>
| <code>0 Hz</code> to <code>50 Hz</code>
|}

== Subfunctions ==
The following subfunctions are possible for individual functions of the strobe channel:
* <code>strobetype</code>: Selection of the strobe effect via a separate DMX channel

=== Strobe type ===
The <code>strobetype</code> selects the strobe effect via a separate DMX channel. This function is usually available when the device can generate many different strobe effects, and the strobe frequency should still be precisely adjusted in this context.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<strobetype dmxchannel="1" />
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="25" >
<step handler="strobetype" mindmx="6" maxdmx="42" />
</range>
<range type="random" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="0.5" maxval="25" >
<step handler="strobetype" mindmx="43" maxdmx="85" />
</range>
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe frequency on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, strobe effect on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 25 Hz}}, with DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 42}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Random}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 0.5 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 25 Hz}}, with DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 43}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 85}} on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! handler !! mindmx !! maxdmx
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | Minimum DMX value
| style="width: 175px" | Maximum DMX value
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>strobetype</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code

>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
|}

== Additional functions ==
The following additional functions are possible for the entire strobe channel:
* <code>duration</code>: Setting the duration of a single flash

=== Duration ===
The <code>duration</code> sets the length of the flash duration of a single flash. The maximum flash duration corresponds to the strobe frequency. For certain combinations of strobe frequency and duration, a continuous lighting is generated if technically possible.

{{DMXC3 Manual-Tableheader DDF-Code examples | en }}
| Standard
| <syntaxhighlight lang="xml">
<strobe dmxchannel="0">
<step type="open" mindmx="0" maxdmx="5" />
<range type="linear" mindmx="6" maxdmx="255" minval="1" maxval="12" />
<duration dmxchannel="1" >
<range type="linear" mindmx="0" maxdmx="255" minval="0" maxval="650" />
</duration>
</strobe>
</syntaxhighlight>
Strobe frequency on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}}, flash duration on DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}}:
* {{Manual Value | Caption | No}} strobe at DMX values between {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 5}}.
* {{Manual Value | Caption | Linear}} strobe in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 6}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}} with speeds from {{Manual Value || 1 Hz}} to {{Manual Value || 12 Hz}}. Flash duration from {{Manual Value || 0 ms}} to {{Manual Value || 650 ms}} via DMX channel {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 2}} in the range between DMX values {{Manual Value | DMX value | 0}} and {{Manual Value | DMX value | 255}}.
|}
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Attribute !! type !! mindmx !! maxdmx !! minval !! maxval
|-
! style="width: 200px; vertical-align:top" | Description
| style="width: 175px" |
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for shortest flash duration
| style="width: 175px" | DMX value for longest flash duration
| style="width: 175px" | Shortest flash duration
| style="width: 175px" | Longest flash duration
|-
! style="vertical-align:top" | Permissible attribute value
| <code>linear</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0</code> to <code>255</code>
| <code>0 ms</code> to <code>2000 ms</code>
| <code>0 ms</code> to <code>2000 ms</code>
|}

[[de:Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]

Basic rules (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3

2025-03-02T11:19:15Z

Skistner:

{{Manual Header
| Type = DMXC3 DDFs
| Version = 3.2.0
| LinkBackwards = Function elements (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextBackwards = Function elements
| LinkForwards = Intensity (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3
| TextForwards = Intensity
}}

= Basic rules for creating a DDF =
== General rules ==
The following basic rules should be observed when creating DDFs:
* DMX channels are always counted starting from {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 0}} in the DDFs. Therefore, for an LED PAR with {{Manual Value || 5}} DMX channels in the DDF, the DMX channels are also listed as {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 0}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 4}}, while the functions in the DMX channel are labeled from {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 1}} to {{Manual Value | DMX channel | 5}} in the user manual.
* The designation of the devices is limited only to the designation itself, as it appears on the cover of the manual. Additional information such as the DMX mode / channel assignment or any other comments should not be included there.
* Values for strobe frequency, pan and tilt pan ranges, gobo rotation speed, etc. should be entered without units. The usual units for these values are listed in the table below.
* The associated DMX values, for example for gobo rotation speed, should be entered so that the speeds increase clockwise and counterclockwise from the gobo rotation stop point.
* Images for the device icon as well as for the gobos should be stored in a resolution of 128 x 128 pixels and as *.png files in the DDF.
* DDFs are usually written in English to remain universally applicable and usable for all language versions of DMXControl 3. In addition, the default language of DMXControl 3 is English.

== Expected units for values ==
The following table provides a general overview of the units in which the HAL expects values for the listed functions. These are the values for the <code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code> attributes when a <code>range</code> element is used in a function (gobo wheel, strobe, zoom, etc.) to describe the value range of the function on the specified subset of the DMX channel. The permissible values for the <code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code> attributes can be found in the description of each function.
{| class="wikitable toptextcells"
|-
! Value !! Unit !! Usage
|-
|style="width: 10em"| Speed
|style="width: 10em"| <code>1/s</code> 
(Revolutions per second)
| Gobo rotation, prism rotation, continuous rotation of the color wheel, continuous rotation of the gobo wheel
|-
| Color temperature
| <code>K</code> 
(Kelvin)
| Color temperature
|-
| Frequency
| <code>Hz</code> 
(Hertz)
| Strobe frequency, gobo shake speed
|-
| Angle
| <code>°</code> 
(Degrees)
| Pan and tilt pan range, gobo indexing, prism indexing, zoom
|-
| Dimensionless
| <code>%</code> 
(Percent)
| Dimmer, Iris
|}

= Troubleshooting =
These are common errors that prevent a DDF from being added to a project:
* No pan range specified in the <code>range</code> attribute for pan and tilt.
* No value specified for <code>minval</code> and <code>maxval</code> for strobe.
* The <code>model</code> tag is still misspelled.
{{Manual Box | en | Important | If an older project in particular cannot be loaded, this can always be traced back to DDFs. Each time a project is loaded, DDFs are automatically checked for any logic errors. If this is not completed successfully, the loading of the project is aborted. It can help here to load the DDFs from this project once separately in an empty project and correct them if necessary.}}

[[de:Grundregeln (DDF-Syntax) DMXC3]]
[[Category: DDF DMXControl 3]]